tc-alpha.c revision 1.3 1 1.1 christos /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.3 christos Copyright (C) 1989-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 christos Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
4 1.1 christos Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
5 1.1 christos Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
6 1.1 christos Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
7 1.1 christos Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
8 1.1 christos
9 1.1 christos This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
10 1.1 christos
11 1.1 christos GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
14 1.1 christos any later version.
15 1.1 christos
16 1.1 christos GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
20 1.1 christos
21 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 1.1 christos along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
23 1.1 christos Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
24 1.1 christos 02110-1301, USA. */
25 1.1 christos
26 1.1 christos /* Mach Operating System
27 1.1 christos Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
28 1.1 christos All Rights Reserved.
29 1.1 christos
30 1.1 christos Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
31 1.1 christos documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
32 1.1 christos notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
33 1.1 christos software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
34 1.1 christos thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
35 1.1 christos
36 1.1 christos CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
37 1.1 christos CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
38 1.1 christos ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
39 1.1 christos
40 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
41 1.1 christos
42 1.1 christos Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
43 1.1 christos School of Computer Science
44 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon University
45 1.1 christos Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
46 1.1 christos
47 1.1 christos any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
48 1.1 christos rights to redistribute these changes. */
49 1.1 christos
50 1.1 christos #include "as.h"
51 1.1 christos #include "subsegs.h"
52 1.1 christos #include "struc-symbol.h"
53 1.1 christos #include "ecoff.h"
54 1.1 christos
55 1.1 christos #include "opcode/alpha.h"
56 1.1 christos
57 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
58 1.1 christos #include "elf/alpha.h"
59 1.1 christos #endif
60 1.1 christos
61 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
62 1.1 christos #include "vms.h"
63 1.1 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
64 1.1 christos #endif
65 1.1 christos
66 1.1 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
67 1.1 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
68 1.1 christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
69 1.1 christos
70 1.1 christos /* Local types. */
72 1.1 christos
73 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
74 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
75 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
76 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
77 1.1 christos
78 1.1 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
79 1.1 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
80 1.1 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
81 1.1 christos
82 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup
83 1.1 christos {
84 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
85 1.1 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
86 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
87 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
88 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
89 1.1 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
90 1.1 christos
91 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
92 1.1 christos symbolS *procsym;
93 1.1 christos #endif
94 1.1 christos };
95 1.1 christos
96 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn
97 1.1 christos {
98 1.1 christos unsigned insn;
99 1.1 christos int nfixups;
100 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
101 1.1 christos long sequence;
102 1.1 christos };
103 1.1 christos
104 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg
105 1.1 christos {
106 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA = 1,
107 1.1 christos MACRO_IR,
108 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR,
109 1.1 christos MACRO_OPIR,
110 1.1 christos MACRO_CPIR,
111 1.1 christos MACRO_FPR,
112 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP
113 1.1 christos };
114 1.1 christos
115 1.1 christos struct alpha_macro
116 1.1 christos {
117 1.1 christos const char *name;
118 1.1 christos void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
119 1.1 christos const void * arg;
120 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
121 1.1 christos };
122 1.1 christos
123 1.1 christos /* Extra expression types. */
124 1.1 christos
125 1.1 christos #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
126 1.1 christos #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
127 1.1 christos
128 1.1 christos /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
129 1.1 christos #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
130 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
131 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
132 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
133 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
134 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
135 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
136 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
137 1.1 christos #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
138 1.1 christos #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
139 1.1 christos #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
140 1.1 christos #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
141 1.1 christos #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
142 1.1 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
143 1.1 christos #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
144 1.1 christos #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
145 1.1 christos #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
146 1.1 christos #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
147 1.1 christos #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
148 1.1 christos #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
149 1.1 christos #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
150 1.1 christos #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
151 1.1 christos #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
152 1.1 christos
153 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
154 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
155 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
156 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
157 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
158 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
159 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
160 1.1 christos
161 1.1 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
162 1.1 christos
163 1.1 christos /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
164 1.1 christos
165 1.1 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
166 1.1 christos #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
167 1.1 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
168 1.1 christos
169 1.1 christos /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
170 1.1 christos
171 1.1 christos #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
172 1.1 christos #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
173 1.1 christos
174 1.1 christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
175 1.1 christos /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
176 1.1 christos cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
177 1.1 christos
178 1.1 christos #if 1
179 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) \
180 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
181 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) \
182 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
183 1.1 christos #else
184 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
185 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
186 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
187 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
188 1.1 christos #endif
189 1.1 christos
190 1.1 christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
191 1.1 christos /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
192 1.1 christos but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
193 1.1 christos
194 1.1 christos #if 1
195 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
196 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
197 1.1 christos #else
198 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
199 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
200 1.1 christos ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
201 1.1 christos #endif
202 1.1 christos
203 1.1 christos /* Macros to build tokens. */
204 1.1 christos
205 1.1 christos #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
206 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
207 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
208 1.1 christos #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
209 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
210 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
211 1.1 christos #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
212 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
213 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
214 1.1 christos #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
215 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
216 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
217 1.1 christos #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
218 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
219 1.1 christos (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
220 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (a))
221 1.1 christos #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
222 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_constant, \
223 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (n))
224 1.1 christos
225 1.1 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
227 1.1 christos targets. */
228 1.1 christos
229 1.1 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
230 1.1 christos const char comment_chars[] = "#";
231 1.1 christos
232 1.1 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
233 1.1 christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
234 1.1 christos
235 1.1 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
236 1.1 christos single line. */
237 1.1 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
238 1.1 christos
239 1.1 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
240 1.1 christos point number. */
241 1.1 christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
242 1.1 christos
243 1.1 christos /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
244 1.1 christos as in 0d1.0. */
245 1.1 christos /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
246 1.1 christos char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
247 1.1 christos
248 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
249 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
250 1.1 christos #else
251 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
252 1.1 christos #endif
253 1.1 christos
254 1.1 christos struct option md_longopts[] =
255 1.1 christos {
256 1.1 christos #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
257 1.1 christos { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
258 1.1 christos #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
259 1.1 christos { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
260 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
261 1.1 christos #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
262 1.1 christos #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
263 1.1 christos { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
264 1.1 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
265 1.1 christos #endif
266 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
267 1.1 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
268 1.3 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
269 1.1 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
270 1.1 christos { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
271 1.1 christos #endif
272 1.1 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
273 1.1 christos };
274 1.1 christos
275 1.1 christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
276 1.1 christos
277 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
279 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R0 0
280 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R16 16
281 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R17 17
282 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T9
283 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T9 22
284 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T10
285 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T10 23
286 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T11
287 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T11 24
288 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T12
289 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T12 25
290 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_AI 25
291 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_FP
292 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_FP 29
293 1.1 christos
294 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_GP
295 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
296 1.1 christos
297 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
298 1.1 christos
299 1.1 christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
300 1.1 christos static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
301 1.1 christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
302 1.1 christos
303 1.1 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
304 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
305 1.1 christos
306 1.1 christos /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
307 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
308 1.1 christos
309 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
310 1.1 christos /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
311 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
312 1.1 christos
313 1.1 christos /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
314 1.1 christos valueT alpha_gp_value;
315 1.1 christos #endif
316 1.1 christos
317 1.1 christos /* The current $gp register. */
318 1.1 christos static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
319 1.1 christos
320 1.1 christos /* A table of the register symbols. */
321 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
322 1.1 christos
323 1.1 christos /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
324 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
325 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
326 1.1 christos #endif
327 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
328 1.1 christos segT alpha_link_section;
329 1.1 christos #endif
330 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
331 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lit8_section;
332 1.1 christos #endif
333 1.1 christos
334 1.1 christos /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
335 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
336 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
337 1.1 christos #endif
338 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
339 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
340 1.1 christos #endif
341 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
342 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
343 1.1 christos #endif
344 1.1 christos
345 1.1 christos /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
346 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
347 1.1 christos static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
348 1.1 christos #endif
349 1.1 christos
350 1.1 christos /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
351 1.1 christos static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
352 1.1 christos
353 1.1 christos /* Are macros enabled? */
354 1.1 christos static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
355 1.1 christos
356 1.1 christos /* Are floats disabled? */
357 1.1 christos static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
358 1.1 christos
359 1.1 christos /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
360 1.1 christos static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
361 1.1 christos
362 1.1 christos /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
363 1.1 christos foo:
364 1.1 christos .quad 0
365 1.1 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
366 1.1 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
367 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
368 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
369 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
370 1.1 christos #endif
371 1.1 christos
372 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
373 1.1 christos /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
374 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
375 1.1 christos #endif
376 1.1 christos
377 1.1 christos /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
378 1.1 christos .align 0 will turn this off. */
379 1.1 christos static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
380 1.1 christos
381 1.1 christos /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
382 1.1 christos static int alpha_current_align;
383 1.1 christos
384 1.1 christos /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
385 1.1 christos unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
386 1.1 christos
387 1.1 christos /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
388 1.1 christos static int alpha_debug;
389 1.1 christos
390 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
391 1.1 christos /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
392 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
393 1.1 christos #endif
394 1.1 christos
395 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
396 1.1 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
397 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
398 1.1 christos #endif
399 1.1 christos
400 1.1 christos /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
401 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_relax;
402 1.1 christos
403 1.1 christos /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
404 1.1 christos static int g_switch_value = 8;
405 1.1 christos
406 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
407 1.1 christos /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
408 1.1 christos struct alpha_evax_procs
409 1.1 christos {
410 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
411 1.1 christos int pdsckind;
412 1.1 christos int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
413 1.1 christos int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
414 1.1 christos int rsa_offset;
415 1.1 christos int ra_save;
416 1.1 christos int fp_save;
417 1.1 christos long imask;
418 1.1 christos long fmask;
419 1.1 christos int type;
420 1.1 christos int prologue;
421 1.1 christos symbolS *handler;
422 1.1 christos int handler_data;
423 1.1 christos };
424 1.1 christos
425 1.1 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
426 1.1 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
427 1.1 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
428 1.1 christos
429 1.1 christos /* Current procedure descriptor. */
430 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
431 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
432 1.1 christos
433 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
434 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
435 1.1 christos
436 1.1 christos /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
437 1.1 christos longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
438 1.1 christos
439 1.1 christos #endif
440 1.1 christos
441 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
443 1.1 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
444 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
445 1.1 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
446 1.1 christos
447 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
448 1.1 christos (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
449 1.1 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
450 1.1 christos : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
451 1.1 christos
452 1.1 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
453 1.1 christos { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
454 1.1 christos
455 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
456 1.1 christos {
457 1.1 christos const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
458 1.1 christos size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
459 1.1 christos operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
460 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
461 1.1 christos unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
462 1.1 christos unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
463 1.1 christos }
464 1.1 christos alpha_reloc_op[] =
465 1.1 christos {
466 1.1 christos DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
467 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
468 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
469 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
470 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
471 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
472 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
473 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
474 1.1 christos DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
475 1.1 christos DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
476 1.1 christos DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
477 1.1 christos DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
478 1.1 christos DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
479 1.1 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
480 1.1 christos DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
481 1.1 christos DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
482 1.1 christos DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
483 1.1 christos DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 christos DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 christos DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 christos DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 christos DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 christos DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
489 1.1 christos };
490 1.1 christos
491 1.1 christos #undef DEF
492 1.1 christos
493 1.1 christos static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
494 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
495 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
496 1.1 christos
497 1.1 christos /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
498 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
499 1.1 christos
500 1.1 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
501 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
502 1.1 christos {
503 1.1 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
504 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
505 1.1 christos struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
506 1.1 christos struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
507 1.1 christos #endif
508 1.1 christos fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
509 1.1 christos segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
510 1.1 christos long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
511 1.1 christos unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
512 1.1 christos unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
513 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
514 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
515 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
516 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
517 1.1 christos unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
518 1.1 christos char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
519 1.1 christos };
520 1.1 christos
521 1.1 christos /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
522 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
523 1.1 christos
524 1.1 christos /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
525 1.1 christos static long next_sequence_num = -1;
526 1.1 christos
527 1.1 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
529 1.1 christos
530 1.1 christos static const struct cpu_type
531 1.1 christos {
532 1.1 christos const char *name;
533 1.1 christos unsigned flags;
534 1.1 christos }
535 1.1 christos cpu_types[] =
536 1.1 christos {
537 1.1 christos /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
538 1.1 christos This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
539 1.1 christos usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
540 1.1 christos specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
541 1.1 christos
542 1.1 christos { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
543 1.1 christos { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
544 1.1 christos { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 christos { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
546 1.1 christos { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
547 1.1 christos { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
548 1.1 christos { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
549 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
550 1.1 christos { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
551 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
552 1.1 christos { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
553 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
554 1.1 christos { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
555 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
556 1.1 christos
557 1.1 christos { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
558 1.1 christos { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
559 1.1 christos { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 christos { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
561 1.1 christos { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
562 1.1 christos { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
563 1.1 christos { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
564 1.1 christos { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
565 1.1 christos { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
566 1.1 christos
567 1.1 christos { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
568 1.1 christos { 0, 0 }
569 1.1 christos };
570 1.1 christos
571 1.1 christos /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
572 1.1 christos static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
573 1.1 christos static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
574 1.1 christos static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
575 1.1 christos static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
576 1.1 christos static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
577 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
578 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
579 1.1 christos static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
580 1.1 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
581 1.1 christos
582 1.1 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
583 1.1 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
584 1.1 christos static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
585 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
586 1.1 christos static char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
587 1.1 christos static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
588 1.1 christos #endif
589 1.1 christos
590 1.1 christos static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
592 1.1 christos get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
593 1.1 christos {
594 1.1 christos char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
595 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
596 1.1 christos
597 1.1 christos sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
598 1.1 christos
599 1.1 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
600 1.1 christos if (! info)
601 1.1 christos {
602 1.1 christos size_t len = strlen (buffer);
603 1.1 christos const char *errmsg;
604 1.1 christos
605 1.1 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
606 1.1 christos xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
607 1.1 christos
608 1.1 christos info->segment = now_seg;
609 1.1 christos info->sequence = sequence;
610 1.1 christos strcpy (info->string, buffer);
611 1.1 christos errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
612 1.1 christos if (errmsg)
613 1.1 christos as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
614 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
615 1.1 christos info->sym = 0;
616 1.1 christos info->psym = 0;
617 1.1 christos #endif
618 1.1 christos }
619 1.1 christos
620 1.1 christos return info;
621 1.1 christos }
622 1.1 christos
623 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
624 1.1 christos
625 1.1 christos static void
626 1.1 christos alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
627 1.1 christos asection *sec,
628 1.1 christos void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
629 1.1 christos {
630 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
631 1.1 christos fixS **prevP;
632 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
633 1.1 christos fixS *next;
634 1.1 christos fixS *slave;
635 1.1 christos
636 1.1 christos /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
637 1.1 christos anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
638 1.1 christos the links in place. */
639 1.1 christos if (seginfo == NULL)
640 1.1 christos return;
641 1.1 christos
642 1.1 christos /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
643 1.1 christos if (! seginfo->fix_root)
644 1.1 christos return;
645 1.1 christos
646 1.1 christos /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
647 1.1 christos gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
648 1.1 christos prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
649 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
650 1.1 christos {
651 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
652 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
653 1.1 christos
654 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
655 1.1 christos {
656 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
657 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
658 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
659 1.1 christos _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
660 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
661 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
662 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
663 1.1 christos {
664 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
665 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
666 1.1 christos _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
667 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
668 1.1 christos }
669 1.1 christos else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
670 1.1 christos {
671 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
672 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
673 1.1 christos _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
674 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
675 1.1 christos }
676 1.1 christos #endif
677 1.1 christos break;
678 1.1 christos
679 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
680 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
681 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
682 1.1 christos _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
683 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
684 1.1 christos break;
685 1.1 christos
686 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
687 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
688 1.1 christos && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
689 1.1 christos || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
690 1.1 christos break;
691 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
692 1.1 christos
693 1.1 christos default:
694 1.1 christos *prevP = fixp;
695 1.1 christos prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
696 1.1 christos break;
697 1.1 christos }
698 1.1 christos }
699 1.1 christos
700 1.1 christos /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
701 1.1 christos linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
702 1.1 christos go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
703 1.1 christos once again.
704 1.1 christos
705 1.1 christos Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
706 1.1 christos number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
707 1.1 christos how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
708 1.1 christos get the relaxation correct.
709 1.1 christos
710 1.1 christos ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
711 1.1 christos we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
712 1.1 christos present. Not implemented.
713 1.1 christos
714 1.1 christos Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
715 1.1 christos in different segments. This can happen with "intersting" uses of
716 1.1 christos inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
717 1.1 christos
718 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
719 1.1 christos {
720 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
721 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
722 1.1 christos {
723 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
724 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
725 1.1 christos if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
726 1.1 christos break;
727 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
728 1.1 christos break;
729 1.1 christos else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
730 1.1 christos {
731 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
732 1.1 christos _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
733 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
734 1.1 christos (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
735 1.1 christos ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
736 1.1 christos break;
737 1.1 christos }
738 1.1 christos
739 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
740 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
741 1.1 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next;
742 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
743 1.1 christos
744 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
745 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
746 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
747 1.1 christos && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
748 1.1 christos {
749 1.1 christos for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
750 1.1 christos slave != (fixS *) 0;
751 1.1 christos slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
752 1.1 christos {
753 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
754 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
755 1.1 christos }
756 1.1 christos }
757 1.1 christos break;
758 1.1 christos
759 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
760 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
761 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
762 1.1 christos _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
763 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
764 1.1 christos else
765 1.1 christos {
766 1.1 christos slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
767 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = next;
768 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
769 1.1 christos }
770 1.1 christos break;
771 1.1 christos
772 1.1 christos default:
773 1.1 christos break;
774 1.1 christos }
775 1.1 christos }
776 1.1 christos }
777 1.1 christos
778 1.1 christos /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
779 1.1 christos supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
780 1.1 christos relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
781 1.1 christos
782 1.1 christos void
783 1.1 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
784 1.1 christos {
785 1.1 christos if (alpha_literal_hash)
786 1.1 christos bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
787 1.1 christos }
788 1.1 christos
789 1.1 christos #endif
790 1.1 christos
791 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
793 1.1 christos static void
794 1.1 christos debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
795 1.1 christos {
796 1.1 christos int i;
797 1.1 christos
798 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
799 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
800 1.1 christos {
801 1.1 christos expressionS *t = &tok[i];
802 1.1 christos const char *name;
803 1.1 christos
804 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
805 1.1 christos {
806 1.1 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
807 1.1 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
808 1.1 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
809 1.1 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
810 1.1 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
811 1.1 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
812 1.1 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
813 1.1 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
814 1.1 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
815 1.1 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
816 1.1 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
817 1.1 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
818 1.1 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
819 1.1 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
820 1.1 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
821 1.1 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
822 1.1 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
823 1.1 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
824 1.1 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
825 1.1 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
826 1.1 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
827 1.1 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
828 1.1 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
829 1.1 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
830 1.1 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
831 1.1 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
832 1.1 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
833 1.1 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
834 1.1 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
835 1.1 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
836 1.1 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
837 1.1 christos case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
838 1.1 christos case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
839 1.1 christos case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
840 1.1 christos case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
841 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
842 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
843 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
844 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
845 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
846 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
847 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
848 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
849 1.1 christos case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
850 1.1 christos case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
851 1.1 christos case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
852 1.1 christos case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
853 1.1 christos case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
854 1.1 christos case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
855 1.1 christos case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
856 1.1 christos case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
857 1.1 christos case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
858 1.1 christos case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
859 1.1 christos case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
860 1.1 christos case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
861 1.1 christos case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
862 1.1 christos }
863 1.1 christos
864 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
865 1.1 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
866 1.1 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
867 1.1 christos (int) t->X_add_number);
868 1.1 christos }
869 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "\n");
870 1.1 christos fflush (stderr);
871 1.1 christos }
872 1.1 christos #endif
873 1.1 christos
874 1.1 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
875 1.1 christos
876 1.1 christos static int
877 1.1 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
878 1.1 christos expressionS tok[],
879 1.1 christos int ntok)
880 1.1 christos {
881 1.1 christos expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
882 1.1 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
883 1.1 christos int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
884 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
885 1.1 christos expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
886 1.1 christos #endif
887 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
888 1.1 christos char *p;
889 1.1 christos const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
890 1.1 christos int c, i;
891 1.1 christos size_t len;
892 1.1 christos int reloc_found_p = 0;
893 1.1 christos #endif
894 1.1 christos
895 1.1 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
896 1.1 christos
897 1.1 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
898 1.1 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
899 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = str;
900 1.1 christos
901 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
902 1.1 christos /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
903 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
904 1.1 christos #endif
905 1.1 christos
906 1.1 christos while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
907 1.1 christos {
908 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
909 1.1 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
910 1.1 christos {
911 1.1 christos case '\0':
912 1.1 christos goto fini;
913 1.1 christos
914 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
915 1.1 christos case '!':
916 1.1 christos /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
917 1.1 christos assembly language statement, and has the following form:
918 1.1 christos !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
919 1.1 christos if (reloc_found_p)
920 1.1 christos {
921 1.1 christos /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
922 1.1 christos as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
923 1.1 christos goto err_report;
924 1.3 christos }
925 1.1 christos
926 1.1 christos if (!saw_arg)
927 1.1 christos goto err;
928 1.1 christos
929 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
930 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
931 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
932 1.1 christos
933 1.1 christos /* Parse !relocation_type. */
934 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - p;
935 1.1 christos if (len == 0)
936 1.1 christos {
937 1.1 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
938 1.1 christos goto err_report;
939 1.1 christos }
940 1.1 christos
941 1.1 christos r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
942 1.1 christos for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
943 1.1 christos if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
944 1.1 christos break;
945 1.3 christos if (i < 0)
946 1.1 christos {
947 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
948 1.1 christos goto err_report;
949 1.1 christos }
950 1.1 christos
951 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
952 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
953 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
954 1.1 christos {
955 1.1 christos if (r->require_seq)
956 1.1 christos {
957 1.1 christos as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
958 1.1 christos goto err_report;
959 1.1 christos }
960 1.1 christos
961 1.1 christos tok->X_add_number = 0;
962 1.1 christos }
963 1.1 christos else
964 1.1 christos {
965 1.1 christos if (! r->allow_seq)
966 1.1 christos {
967 1.1 christos as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
968 1.1 christos goto err_report;
969 1.1 christos }
970 1.1 christos
971 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
972 1.1 christos
973 1.1 christos /* Parse !sequence_number. */
974 1.1 christos expression (tok);
975 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
976 1.1 christos {
977 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
978 1.1 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
979 1.1 christos goto err_report;
980 1.1 christos }
981 1.1 christos }
982 1.1 christos
983 1.1 christos tok->X_op = r->op;
984 1.1 christos reloc_found_p = 1;
985 1.1 christos ++tok;
986 1.1 christos break;
987 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
988 1.1 christos
989 1.1 christos case ',':
990 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
991 1.1 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
992 1.1 christos goto err;
993 1.1 christos saw_comma = 1;
994 1.1 christos break;
995 1.1 christos
996 1.1 christos case '(':
997 1.1 christos {
998 1.1 christos char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
999 1.1 christos
1000 1.1 christos /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
1001 1.1 christos expression (tok);
1002 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
1003 1.1 christos {
1004 1.1 christos tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1005 1.1 christos saw_comma = 0;
1006 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1007 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1008 1.1 christos ++tok;
1009 1.1 christos break;
1010 1.1 christos }
1011 1.1 christos
1012 1.1 christos /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1013 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = hold;
1014 1.1 christos }
1015 1.1 christos
1016 1.1 christos default:
1017 1.1 christos if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1018 1.1 christos goto err;
1019 1.1 christos
1020 1.1 christos expression (tok);
1021 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1022 1.1 christos goto err;
1023 1.1 christos
1024 1.1 christos saw_comma = 0;
1025 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1026 1.1 christos ++tok;
1027 1.1 christos break;
1028 1.1 christos }
1029 1.1 christos }
1030 1.1 christos
1031 1.1 christos fini:
1032 1.1 christos if (saw_comma)
1033 1.1 christos goto err;
1034 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1035 1.1 christos
1036 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1037 1.1 christos debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1038 1.1 christos #endif
1039 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1040 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1041 1.1 christos #endif
1042 1.1 christos
1043 1.1 christos return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1044 1.1 christos
1045 1.1 christos err:
1046 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1047 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1048 1.1 christos #endif
1049 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1050 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1051 1.1 christos
1052 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1053 1.1 christos err_report:
1054 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1055 1.1 christos #endif
1056 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1057 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1058 1.1 christos }
1059 1.1 christos
1060 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1061 1.1 christos syntax match. */
1062 1.1 christos
1063 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_opcode *
1064 1.1 christos find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1065 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
1066 1.1 christos int *pntok,
1067 1.1 christos int *pcpumatch)
1068 1.1 christos {
1069 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1070 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1071 1.1 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1072 1.1 christos
1073 1.1 christos do
1074 1.1 christos {
1075 1.1 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1076 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
1077 1.1 christos
1078 1.1 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1079 1.1 christos if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1080 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1081 1.1 christos
1082 1.1 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1083 1.1 christos
1084 1.1 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1085 1.1 christos {
1086 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1087 1.1 christos
1088 1.1 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1089 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1090 1.1 christos continue;
1091 1.1 christos
1092 1.1 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1093 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1094 1.1 christos {
1095 1.1 christos if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1096 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1097 1.1 christos continue;
1098 1.1 christos }
1099 1.1 christos
1100 1.1 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1101 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1102 1.1 christos {
1103 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1104 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1105 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1106 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1107 1.1 christos break;
1108 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1109 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1110 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1111 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1112 1.1 christos break;
1113 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1114 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1115 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1116 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1117 1.1 christos break;
1118 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1119 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1120 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1121 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1122 1.1 christos break;
1123 1.1 christos
1124 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1125 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1126 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1127 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1128 1.1 christos {
1129 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
1130 1.1 christos case O_absent:
1131 1.1 christos case O_register:
1132 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
1133 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
1134 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1135 1.1 christos
1136 1.1 christos default:
1137 1.1 christos break;
1138 1.1 christos }
1139 1.1 christos break;
1140 1.1 christos
1141 1.1 christos default:
1142 1.1 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1143 1.1 christos abort ();
1144 1.1 christos }
1145 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
1146 1.1 christos }
1147 1.1 christos
1148 1.1 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1149 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
1150 1.1 christos {
1151 1.1 christos *pntok = ntok;
1152 1.1 christos return opcode;
1153 1.1 christos }
1154 1.1 christos
1155 1.1 christos match_failed:;
1156 1.1 christos }
1157 1.1 christos while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1158 1.1 christos && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1159 1.1 christos
1160 1.1 christos if (*pcpumatch)
1161 1.1 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1162 1.1 christos
1163 1.1 christos return NULL;
1164 1.1 christos }
1165 1.1 christos
1166 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1167 1.1 christos the insn, but do not emit it.
1168 1.1 christos
1169 1.1 christos Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1170 1.1 christos than one insn in an insn structure. */
1171 1.1 christos
1172 1.1 christos static void
1173 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1174 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
1175 1.1 christos int ntok,
1176 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn)
1177 1.1 christos {
1178 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1179 1.1 christos
1180 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
1181 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
1182 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1183 1.1 christos {
1184 1.1 christos int cpumatch;
1185 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1186 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1187 1.1 christos {
1188 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1189 1.1 christos return;
1190 1.1 christos }
1191 1.1 christos else if (cpumatch)
1192 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1193 1.1 christos else
1194 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1195 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
1196 1.1 christos }
1197 1.1 christos else
1198 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1199 1.1 christos }
1200 1.1 christos
1201 1.1 christos /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1202 1.1 christos .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1203 1.1 christos
1204 1.1 christos static void
1205 1.1 christos create_literal_section (const char *name,
1206 1.1 christos segT *secp,
1207 1.1 christos symbolS **symp)
1208 1.1 christos {
1209 1.1 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
1210 1.1 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1211 1.1 christos segT new_sec;
1212 1.1 christos
1213 1.1 christos *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1214 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1215 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
1216 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
1217 1.1 christos SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1218 1.1 christos | SEC_DATA);
1219 1.1 christos
1220 1.1 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1221 1.1 christos }
1222 1.1 christos
1223 1.1 christos /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1224 1.1 christos
1225 1.1 christos If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1226 1.1 christos O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1227 1.1 christos instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1228 1.1 christos the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1229 1.1 christos
1230 1.1 christos In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1231 1.1 christos expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1232 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1233 1.1 christos so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1234 1.1 christos i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1235 1.1 christos but this is what OSF/1 does.
1236 1.1 christos
1237 1.1 christos If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1238 1.1 christos and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1239 1.1 christos
1240 1.1 christos Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1241 1.1 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1242 1.1 christos sequence number to use. */
1243 1.1 christos
1244 1.1 christos static long
1245 1.1 christos load_expression (int targreg,
1246 1.1 christos const expressionS *exp,
1247 1.1 christos int *pbasereg,
1248 1.1 christos expressionS *poffset,
1249 1.1 christos const char *opname)
1250 1.1 christos {
1251 1.1 christos long emit_lituse = 0;
1252 1.1 christos offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1253 1.1 christos int basereg = *pbasereg;
1254 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
1255 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1256 1.1 christos
1257 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
1258 1.1 christos {
1259 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
1260 1.1 christos {
1261 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1262 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1263 1.1 christos
1264 1.1 christos /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1265 1.1 christos its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1266 1.1 christos which we'd fail. */
1267 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1268 1.1 christos (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1269 1.1 christos {
1270 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1271 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1272 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1273 1.1 christos }
1274 1.1 christos else
1275 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1276 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1277 1.1 christos
1278 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1279 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1280 1.1 christos
1281 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1282 1.1 christos
1283 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1284 1.1 christos {
1285 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1286 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1287 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1288 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1289 1.1 christos
1290 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1291 1.1 christos }
1292 1.1 christos else
1293 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1294 1.1 christos
1295 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1296 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1297 1.1 christos
1298 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1299 1.1 christos
1300 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1301 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1302 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1303 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1304 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1305 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1306 1.1 christos
1307 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1308 1.1 christos {
1309 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1310 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1311 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1312 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1313 1.1 christos
1314 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1315 1.1 christos }
1316 1.1 christos else
1317 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1318 1.1 christos
1319 1.1 christos /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1320 1.1 christos better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1321 1.1 christos very infrequently anyway. */
1322 1.1 christos if (1
1323 1.1 christos || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1324 1.1 christos && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1325 1.1 christos {
1326 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1327 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1328 1.1 christos }
1329 1.1 christos else
1330 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1331 1.1 christos
1332 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1333 1.1 christos
1334 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1335 1.1 christos
1336 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1337 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1338 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1339 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1340 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1341 1.1 christos /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1342 1.1 christos
1343 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1344 1.1 christos {
1345 1.1 christos /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1346 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1347 1.1 christos
1348 1.1 christos if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1349 1.1 christos {
1350 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1351 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1352 1.1 christos }
1353 1.1 christos else
1354 1.1 christos {
1355 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1356 1.1 christos }
1357 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1358 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1359 1.1 christos }
1360 1.1 christos else
1361 1.1 christos {
1362 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1363 1.1 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1364 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1365 1.1 christos
1366 1.1 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1367 1.1 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1368 1.1 christos {
1369 1.1 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1370 1.1 christos section. Just read the address. */
1371 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1372 1.1 christos
1373 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1374 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1375 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1376 1.1 christos
1377 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1378 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1379 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1380 1.1 christos
1381 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1382 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1383 1.1 christos
1384 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1385 1.1 christos {
1386 1.1 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1387 1.1 christos char *ensymname;
1388 1.1 christos symbolS *ensym;
1389 1.1 christos
1390 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1391 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1392 1.1 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1393 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1394 1.1 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1395 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1396 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1397 1.1 christos
1398 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1399 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1400 1.1 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1401 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1402 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1403 1.1 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1404 1.1 christos Utility Manual. */
1405 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1406 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1407 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1408 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1409 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1410 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1411 1.1 christos
1412 1.1 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1413 1.1 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1414 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1415 1.1 christos }
1416 1.1 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1417 1.1 christos {
1418 1.1 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1419 1.1 christos char *psymname;
1420 1.1 christos symbolS *psym;
1421 1.1 christos
1422 1.1 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1423 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1424 1.1 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1425 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1426 1.1 christos psymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 1);
1427 1.1 christos memcpy (psymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1428 1.1 christos psymname [ptr2 - ptr1] = 0;
1429 1.1 christos
1430 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1431 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1432 1.1 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1433 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1434 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1435 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1436 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1437 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1438 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1439 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1440 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1441 1.1 christos }
1442 1.1 christos
1443 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1444 1.1 christos return 0;
1445 1.1 christos }
1446 1.1 christos else
1447 1.1 christos {
1448 1.1 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1449 1.1 christos section. */
1450 1.1 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1451 1.1 christos
1452 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1453 1.1 christos addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1454 1.1 christos linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1455 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1456 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1457 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1458 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1459 1.1 christos }
1460 1.1 christos }
1461 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1462 1.1 christos
1463 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1464 1.1 christos
1465 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1466 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1467 1.1 christos {
1468 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1469 1.1 christos
1470 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1471 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1472 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1473 1.1 christos }
1474 1.1 christos #endif
1475 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1476 1.1 christos }
1477 1.1 christos break;
1478 1.1 christos
1479 1.1 christos case O_constant:
1480 1.1 christos break;
1481 1.1 christos
1482 1.1 christos case O_subtract:
1483 1.1 christos /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1484 1.1 christos absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1485 1.1 christos
1486 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1487 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1488 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1489 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1490 1.1 christos
1491 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1492 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1493 1.1 christos return 0;
1494 1.1 christos
1495 1.1 christos case O_big:
1496 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1497 1.1 christos as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1498 1.1 christos else
1499 1.1 christos as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1500 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1501 1.1 christos break;
1502 1.1 christos
1503 1.1 christos default:
1504 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1505 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1506 1.1 christos break;
1507 1.1 christos }
1508 1.1 christos
1509 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1510 1.1 christos {
1511 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1512 1.1 christos symbolS *litexp;
1513 1.1 christos #else
1514 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1515 1.1 christos long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1516 1.1 christos #endif
1517 1.1 christos
1518 1.1 christos /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1519 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1520 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1521 1.1 christos litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1522 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1523 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1524 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1525 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1526 1.1 christos #else
1527 1.1 christos
1528 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1529 1.1 christos {
1530 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lit8",
1531 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_section,
1532 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1533 1.1 christos
1534 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1535 1.1 christos alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1536 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1537 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1538 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1539 1.1 christos #endif
1540 1.1 christos }
1541 1.1 christos
1542 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1543 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1544 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1545 1.1 christos
1546 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1547 1.1 christos
1548 1.1 christos if (targreg == basereg)
1549 1.1 christos {
1550 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1551 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1552 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1553 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1554 1.1 christos
1555 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1556 1.1 christos }
1557 1.1 christos else
1558 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1559 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1560 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1561 1.1 christos #endif
1562 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1563 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1564 1.1 christos #endif
1565 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1566 1.1 christos
1567 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1568 1.1 christos
1569 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1570 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1571 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1572 1.1 christos #endif
1573 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1574 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1575 1.1 christos #endif
1576 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1577 1.1 christos
1578 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1579 1.1 christos
1580 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1581 1.1 christos
1582 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1583 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1584 1.1 christos
1585 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1586 1.1 christos
1587 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1588 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1589 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1590 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1591 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1592 1.1 christos emit_lituse = 0;
1593 1.1 christos
1594 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1595 1.1 christos
1596 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1597 1.1 christos
1598 1.1 christos if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1599 1.1 christos {
1600 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1601 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1602 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1603 1.1 christos }
1604 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1605 1.1 christos
1606 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1607 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1608 1.1 christos *pbasereg = targreg;
1609 1.1 christos }
1610 1.1 christos else
1611 1.1 christos {
1612 1.1 christos offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1613 1.1 christos
1614 1.1 christos /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1615 1.1 christos
1616 1.1 christos low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1617 1.1 christos tmp = addend - low;
1618 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1619 1.1 christos
1620 1.1 christos if (tmp - (high << 16))
1621 1.1 christos {
1622 1.1 christos extra = 0x4000;
1623 1.1 christos tmp -= 0x40000000;
1624 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1625 1.1 christos }
1626 1.1 christos else
1627 1.1 christos extra = 0;
1628 1.1 christos
1629 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1630 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1631 1.1 christos
1632 1.1 christos if (extra)
1633 1.1 christos {
1634 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1635 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1636 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1637 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1638 1.1 christos }
1639 1.1 christos
1640 1.1 christos if (high)
1641 1.1 christos {
1642 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1643 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1644 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1645 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1646 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1647 1.1 christos }
1648 1.1 christos
1649 1.1 christos if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1650 1.1 christos {
1651 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1652 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1653 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1654 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1655 1.1 christos low = 0;
1656 1.1 christos }
1657 1.1 christos
1658 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1659 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1660 1.1 christos *pbasereg = basereg;
1661 1.1 christos }
1662 1.1 christos
1663 1.1 christos return emit_lituse;
1664 1.1 christos }
1665 1.1 christos
1666 1.1 christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1667 1.1 christos most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1668 1.1 christos large constants. */
1669 1.1 christos
1670 1.1 christos static void
1671 1.1 christos emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1672 1.1 christos int ntok,
1673 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1674 1.1 christos {
1675 1.1 christos int basereg;
1676 1.1 christos
1677 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
1678 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1679 1.1 christos else
1680 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1681 1.1 christos
1682 1.1 christos (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1683 1.1 christos }
1684 1.1 christos
1685 1.1 christos /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1686 1.1 christos as an implied base register. */
1687 1.1 christos
1688 1.1 christos static void
1689 1.1 christos emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1690 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1691 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692 1.1 christos {
1693 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1694 1.1 christos
1695 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
1696 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
1697 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1698 1.1 christos
1699 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1700 1.1 christos }
1701 1.1 christos
1702 1.1 christos /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1703 1.1 christos of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1704 1.1 christos says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1705 1.1 christos feature wrt labels. */
1706 1.1 christos
1707 1.1 christos static void
1708 1.1 christos alpha_align (int n,
1709 1.1 christos char *pfill,
1710 1.1 christos symbolS *label,
1711 1.1 christos int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 1.1 christos {
1713 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1714 1.1 christos return;
1715 1.1 christos
1716 1.1 christos if (pfill == NULL)
1717 1.1 christos {
1718 1.1 christos if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1719 1.1 christos frag_align_code (n, 0);
1720 1.1 christos else
1721 1.1 christos frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1722 1.1 christos }
1723 1.1 christos else
1724 1.1 christos frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1725 1.1 christos
1726 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = n;
1727 1.1 christos
1728 1.1 christos if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1729 1.1 christos {
1730 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1731 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1732 1.1 christos }
1733 1.1 christos
1734 1.1 christos record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1735 1.1 christos
1736 1.1 christos /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1737 1.1 christos in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1738 1.1 christos }
1739 1.1 christos
1740 1.1 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1741 1.1 christos
1742 1.1 christos static void
1743 1.1 christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1744 1.1 christos {
1745 1.1 christos char *f;
1746 1.1 christos int i;
1747 1.1 christos
1748 1.1 christos /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1749 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1750 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1751 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1752 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
1753 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1754 1.1 christos
1755 1.1 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1756 1.1 christos f = frag_more (4);
1757 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1758 1.1 christos
1759 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1760 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1761 1.1 christos #endif
1762 1.1 christos
1763 1.1 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1764 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1765 1.1 christos {
1766 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1767 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1768 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1769 1.1 christos int size, pcrel;
1770 1.1 christos fixS *fixP;
1771 1.1 christos
1772 1.1 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1773 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1774 1.1 christos {
1775 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1776 1.1 christos size = 4;
1777 1.1 christos pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1778 1.1 christos }
1779 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1780 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1781 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1782 1.1 christos {
1783 1.1 christos size = 2;
1784 1.1 christos pcrel = 0;
1785 1.1 christos }
1786 1.1 christos else
1787 1.1 christos {
1788 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1789 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1790 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1791 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1792 1.1 christos
1793 1.1 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1794 1.1 christos
1795 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1796 1.1 christos {
1797 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1798 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1799 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1800 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1801 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1802 1.1 christos break;
1803 1.1 christos #endif
1804 1.1 christos default:
1805 1.1 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1806 1.1 christos }
1807 1.1 christos
1808 1.1 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1809 1.1 christos }
1810 1.1 christos
1811 1.1 christos fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1812 1.1 christos &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1813 1.1 christos
1814 1.1 christos /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1815 1.1 christos and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1816 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1817 1.1 christos {
1818 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1819 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1821 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1823 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1824 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1825 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1826 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1827 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1828 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1829 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1830 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1831 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1832 1.1 christos break;
1833 1.1 christos
1834 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1835 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1836 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1837 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1838 1.1 christos
1839 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1840 1.1 christos if (++info->n_master > 1)
1841 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1842 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1843 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1844 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1845 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1846 1.1 christos break;
1847 1.1 christos
1848 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1849 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1850 1.1 christos
1851 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1852 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1853 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1854 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1855 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1856 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1857 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1858 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1859 1.1 christos break;
1860 1.1 christos
1861 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1862 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1863 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1864 1.1 christos
1865 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1866 1.1 christos break;
1867 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1868 1.1 christos info->master = fixP;
1869 1.1 christos info->n_master++;
1870 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1871 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1872 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1873 1.1 christos break;
1874 1.1 christos
1875 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1876 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1877 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1878 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1879 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1880 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1881 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1882 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1883 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1884 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1885 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1886 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1887 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1888 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1889 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1890 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1891 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1892 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1893 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1894 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1895 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1896 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1897 1.1 christos do_lituse:
1898 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1899 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1900 1.1 christos
1901 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1902 1.1 christos if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1903 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1904 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1905 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1906 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1907 1.1 christos {
1908 1.1 christos if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1909 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1910 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1911 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1912 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1913 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1914 1.1 christos }
1915 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1916 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1917 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1918 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1919 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1920 1.1 christos break;
1921 1.1 christos
1922 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1923 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1924 1.1 christos
1925 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1926 1.1 christos break;
1927 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1928 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1929 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1930 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1931 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1932 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1933 1.1 christos else
1934 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1935 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1936 1.1 christos break;
1937 1.1 christos
1938 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1939 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1940 1.1 christos
1941 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1942 1.1 christos break;
1943 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1944 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1945 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1946 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1947 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1948 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1949 1.1 christos else
1950 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1951 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1952 1.1 christos break;
1953 1.1 christos #endif
1954 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1955 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1956 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1957 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1958 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1959 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1960 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1961 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1962 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1963 1.1 christos break;
1964 1.1 christos #endif
1965 1.1 christos
1966 1.1 christos default:
1967 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1968 1.1 christos {
1969 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1970 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1971 1.1 christos }
1972 1.1 christos break;
1973 1.1 christos }
1974 1.1 christos }
1975 1.1 christos }
1976 1.1 christos
1977 1.1 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1978 1.1 christos
1979 1.1 christos static unsigned
1980 1.1 christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1981 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1982 1.1 christos offsetT val,
1983 1.1 christos char *file,
1984 1.1 christos unsigned line)
1985 1.1 christos {
1986 1.1 christos if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1987 1.1 christos {
1988 1.1 christos offsetT min, max;
1989 1.1 christos
1990 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1991 1.1 christos {
1992 1.1 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1993 1.1 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1994 1.1 christos }
1995 1.1 christos else
1996 1.1 christos {
1997 1.1 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1998 1.1 christos min = 0;
1999 1.1 christos }
2000 1.1 christos
2001 1.1 christos if (val < min || val > max)
2002 1.1 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2003 1.1 christos }
2004 1.1 christos
2005 1.1 christos if (operand->insert)
2006 1.1 christos {
2007 1.1 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2008 1.1 christos
2009 1.1 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2010 1.1 christos if (errmsg)
2011 1.1 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2012 1.1 christos }
2013 1.1 christos else
2014 1.1 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2015 1.1 christos
2016 1.1 christos return insn;
2017 1.1 christos }
2018 1.1 christos
2019 1.1 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2020 1.1 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2021 1.1 christos
2022 1.1 christos static void
2023 1.1 christos assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2024 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
2025 1.1 christos int ntok,
2026 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn,
2027 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2028 1.1 christos {
2029 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2030 1.1 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2031 1.1 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
2032 1.1 christos unsigned image;
2033 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
2034 1.1 christos
2035 1.1 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2036 1.1 christos image = opcode->opcode;
2037 1.1 christos
2038 1.1 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2039 1.1 christos {
2040 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2041 1.1 christos const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2042 1.1 christos
2043 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2044 1.1 christos {
2045 1.1 christos /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2046 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2047 1.1 christos continue;
2048 1.1 christos }
2049 1.1 christos
2050 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
2051 1.1 christos {
2052 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2053 1.1 christos {
2054 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2055 1.1 christos t = &tok[0];
2056 1.1 christos break;
2057 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2058 1.1 christos t = &tok[1];
2059 1.1 christos break;
2060 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2061 1.1 christos {
2062 1.1 christos static expressionS zero_exp;
2063 1.1 christos t = &zero_exp;
2064 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2065 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2066 1.1 christos }
2067 1.1 christos break;
2068 1.1 christos default:
2069 1.1 christos abort ();
2070 1.1 christos }
2071 1.1 christos }
2072 1.1 christos else
2073 1.1 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
2074 1.1 christos
2075 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
2076 1.1 christos {
2077 1.1 christos case O_register:
2078 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
2079 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
2080 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2081 1.1 christos NULL, 0);
2082 1.1 christos break;
2083 1.1 christos
2084 1.1 christos case O_constant:
2085 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2086 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2087 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2088 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2089 1.1 christos break;
2090 1.1 christos
2091 1.1 christos default:
2092 1.1 christos /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2093 1.1 christos which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2094 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2095 1.1 christos abort ();
2096 1.1 christos
2097 1.1 christos /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2098 1.1 christos relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2099 1.1 christos override the operand reloc. */
2100 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2101 1.1 christos {
2102 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2103 1.1 christos
2104 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2105 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2106 1.1 christos
2107 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2108 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *t;
2109 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2110 1.1 christos }
2111 1.1 christos else
2112 1.1 christos {
2113 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2114 1.1 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2115 1.1 christos
2116 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2117 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2118 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2119 1.1 christos }
2120 1.1 christos break;
2121 1.1 christos }
2122 1.1 christos }
2123 1.1 christos
2124 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2125 1.1 christos {
2126 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2127 1.1 christos
2128 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2129 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2130 1.1 christos
2131 1.1 christos /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2132 1.1 christos relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2133 1.1 christos correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2134 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2135 1.1 christos {
2136 1.1 christos if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2137 1.1 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2138 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2139 1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2140 1.1 christos else
2141 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2142 1.1 christos }
2143 1.1 christos
2144 1.1 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2145 1.1 christos the relocation width should match the operand width.
2146 1.1 christos Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2147 1.1 christos else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2148 1.1 christos {
2149 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2150 1.1 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2151 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2152 1.1 christos if (reloc_operand == NULL
2153 1.1 christos || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2154 1.1 christos {
2155 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2156 1.1 christos return;
2157 1.1 christos }
2158 1.1 christos }
2159 1.1 christos
2160 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2161 1.1 christos if (reloc_exp)
2162 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2163 1.1 christos else
2164 1.1 christos fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2165 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
2166 1.1 christos }
2167 1.1 christos
2168 1.1 christos insn->insn = image;
2169 1.1 christos }
2170 1.1 christos
2171 1.1 christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2172 1.1 christos etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2173 1.1 christos expressions like the lda macro. */
2174 1.1 christos
2175 1.1 christos static void
2176 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2177 1.1 christos int ntok,
2178 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2179 1.1 christos {
2180 1.1 christos int basereg;
2181 1.1 christos long lituse;
2182 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2183 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2184 1.1 christos const char *symname
2185 1.1 christos = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2186 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2187 1.1 christos
2188 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2189 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2190 1.1 christos else
2191 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2192 1.3 christos
2193 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2194 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2195 1.1 christos
2196 1.1 christos if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2197 1.1 christos (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2198 1.1 christos return;
2199 1.1 christos
2200 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2201 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2202 1.1 christos
2203 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2204 1.1 christos
2205 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2206 1.1 christos {
2207 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2208 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2209 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2210 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2211 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2212 1.1 christos }
2213 1.1 christos
2214 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2215 1.1 christos }
2216 1.1 christos
2217 1.1 christos /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2218 1.1 christos Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2219 1.1 christos
2220 1.1 christos static void
2221 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2222 1.1 christos int ntok,
2223 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2224 1.1 christos {
2225 1.1 christos int basereg;
2226 1.1 christos long lituse;
2227 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2228 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2229 1.1 christos
2230 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2231 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2232 1.1 christos else
2233 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2234 1.1 christos
2235 1.1 christos if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2236 1.1 christos {
2237 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2238 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2239 1.1 christos
2240 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2241 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2242 1.1 christos }
2243 1.1 christos else
2244 1.1 christos {
2245 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
2246 1.1 christos lituse = 0;
2247 1.1 christos }
2248 1.1 christos
2249 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2250 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2251 1.1 christos
2252 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2253 1.1 christos
2254 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2255 1.1 christos {
2256 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2257 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2258 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2259 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2260 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2261 1.1 christos }
2262 1.1 christos
2263 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2264 1.1 christos }
2265 1.1 christos
2266 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2267 1.1 christos
2268 1.1 christos static void
2269 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2270 1.1 christos int ntok,
2271 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2272 1.1 christos {
2273 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2274 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2275 1.1 christos else
2276 1.1 christos {
2277 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2278 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2279 1.1 christos int basereg;
2280 1.1 christos long lituse;
2281 1.1 christos
2282 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2283 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2284 1.1 christos
2285 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2286 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2287 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2288 1.1 christos else
2289 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2290 1.1 christos
2291 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2292 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2293 1.1 christos
2294 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2295 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2296 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2297 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2298 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2299 1.1 christos
2300 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2301 1.1 christos {
2302 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2303 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2304 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2305 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2306 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2307 1.1 christos }
2308 1.1 christos
2309 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2310 1.1 christos
2311 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2312 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2313 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2314 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2315 1.1 christos
2316 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2317 1.1 christos {
2318 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2319 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2320 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2321 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2322 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2323 1.1 christos }
2324 1.1 christos
2325 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2326 1.1 christos }
2327 1.1 christos }
2328 1.1 christos
2329 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2330 1.1 christos
2331 1.1 christos static void
2332 1.1 christos emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2333 1.1 christos int ntok,
2334 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2335 1.1 christos {
2336 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2337 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2338 1.1 christos }
2339 1.1 christos
2340 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2341 1.1 christos value. */
2342 1.1 christos
2343 1.1 christos static void
2344 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2345 1.1 christos int ntok,
2346 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2347 1.1 christos {
2348 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2349 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2350 1.1 christos
2351 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2352 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2353 1.1 christos
2354 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2355 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2356 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2357 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2358 1.1 christos
2359 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2360 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2361 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2362 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2363 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2364 1.1 christos
2365 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2366 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2367 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2368 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2369 1.1 christos
2370 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2371 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2372 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2373 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2374 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2375 1.1 christos
2376 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2377 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2378 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2379 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2380 1.1 christos
2381 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2382 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2383 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2384 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[0];
2385 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2386 1.1 christos }
2387 1.1 christos
2388 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2389 1.1 christos Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2390 1.1 christos don't have to do the sign extension. */
2391 1.1 christos
2392 1.1 christos static void
2393 1.1 christos emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2394 1.1 christos int ntok,
2395 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2396 1.1 christos {
2397 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2398 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2399 1.1 christos }
2400 1.1 christos
2401 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2402 1.1 christos
2403 1.1 christos static void
2404 1.1 christos emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2405 1.1 christos int ntok,
2406 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2407 1.1 christos {
2408 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[2];
2409 1.1 christos
2410 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2411 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2412 1.1 christos
2413 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2414 1.1 christos }
2415 1.1 christos
2416 1.1 christos /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2417 1.1 christos
2418 1.1 christos static void
2419 1.1 christos emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2420 1.1 christos int ntok,
2421 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2422 1.1 christos {
2423 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2424 1.1 christos
2425 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2426 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2427 1.1 christos else
2428 1.1 christos {
2429 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2430 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2431 1.1 christos int basereg;
2432 1.1 christos long lituse;
2433 1.1 christos
2434 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2435 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2436 1.1 christos
2437 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2438 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2439 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2440 1.1 christos else
2441 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2442 1.1 christos
2443 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2444 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2445 1.1 christos
2446 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2447 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2448 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2449 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2450 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2451 1.1 christos
2452 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2453 1.1 christos {
2454 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2455 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2456 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2457 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2458 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2459 1.1 christos }
2460 1.1 christos
2461 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2462 1.1 christos
2463 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2464 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2465 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2466 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2467 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2468 1.1 christos
2469 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2470 1.1 christos {
2471 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2472 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2473 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2474 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2475 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2476 1.1 christos }
2477 1.1 christos
2478 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2479 1.1 christos
2480 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2481 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2482 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2483 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2484 1.1 christos
2485 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2486 1.1 christos {
2487 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2488 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2489 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2490 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2491 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2492 1.1 christos }
2493 1.1 christos
2494 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2495 1.1 christos
2496 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2497 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2498 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2499 1.1 christos
2500 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2501 1.1 christos set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2502 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2503 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2504 1.1 christos
2505 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2506 1.1 christos {
2507 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2508 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2509 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2510 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2511 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2512 1.1 christos }
2513 1.1 christos
2514 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2515 1.1 christos }
2516 1.1 christos }
2517 1.1 christos
2518 1.1 christos /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2519 1.1 christos
2520 1.1 christos static void
2521 1.1 christos emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2522 1.1 christos int ntok,
2523 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2524 1.1 christos {
2525 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2526 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2527 1.1 christos
2528 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2529 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2530 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2531 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2532 1.1 christos
2533 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2534 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2535 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2536 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2537 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2538 1.1 christos
2539 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2540 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2541 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2542 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2543 1.1 christos
2544 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2545 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2546 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2547 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2548 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2549 1.1 christos
2550 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2551 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2552 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2553 1.1 christos
2554 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2555 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2556 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2557 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2558 1.1 christos
2559 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2560 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2561 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2562 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2563 1.1 christos
2564 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2565 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2566 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2567 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2568 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2569 1.1 christos
2570 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2571 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2572 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2573 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2574 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2575 1.1 christos
2576 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2577 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2578 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2579 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2580 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2581 1.1 christos
2582 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2583 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2584 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2585 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2586 1.1 christos }
2587 1.1 christos
2588 1.1 christos /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2589 1.1 christos implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2590 1.1 christos
2591 1.1 christos static void
2592 1.1 christos emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2593 1.1 christos int ntok,
2594 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2595 1.1 christos {
2596 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2597 1.1 christos
2598 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2599 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2600 1.1 christos else
2601 1.1 christos {
2602 1.1 christos int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2603 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2604 1.1 christos
2605 1.1 christos /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2606 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2607 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2608 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2609 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2610 1.1 christos
2611 1.1 christos /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2612 1.1 christos newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2613 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2614 1.1 christos }
2615 1.1 christos }
2616 1.1 christos
2617 1.1 christos /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2618 1.1 christos
2619 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2620 1.1 christos
2621 1.1 christos /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2622 1.1 christos Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2623 1.1 christos
2624 1.1 christos static void
2625 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2626 1.1 christos int ntok,
2627 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2628 1.1 christos {
2629 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2630 1.1 christos
2631 1.1 christos Convert
2632 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2633 1.1 christos to
2634 1.1 christos mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2635 1.1 christos mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2636 1.1 christos lda AT,__OP
2637 1.1 christos jsr AT,(AT),0
2638 1.1 christos mov R0,result
2639 1.1 christos
2640 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2641 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2642 1.1 christos
2643 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2644 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2645 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2646 1.1 christos
2647 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2648 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2649 1.1 christos
2650 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2651 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2652 1.1 christos else
2653 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2654 1.1 christos
2655 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2656 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2657 1.1 christos {
2658 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2659 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2660 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2661 1.1 christos
2662 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2663 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2664 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2665 1.1 christos
2666 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2667 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2668 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2669 1.1 christos
2670 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2671 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2672 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2673 1.1 christos }
2674 1.1 christos else
2675 1.1 christos {
2676 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2677 1.1 christos {
2678 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2679 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2680 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2681 1.1 christos }
2682 1.1 christos
2683 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2684 1.1 christos {
2685 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2686 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2687 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2688 1.1 christos }
2689 1.1 christos
2690 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2691 1.1 christos {
2692 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2693 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2694 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2695 1.1 christos }
2696 1.1 christos }
2697 1.1 christos
2698 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2699 1.1 christos
2700 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2701 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2702 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2703 1.1 christos
2704 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2705 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2706 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2707 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2708 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2709 1.1 christos
2710 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2711 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2712 1.1 christos {
2713 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2714 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2715 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2716 1.1 christos }
2717 1.1 christos }
2718 1.1 christos
2719 1.1 christos #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2720 1.1 christos
2721 1.1 christos static void
2722 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2723 1.1 christos int ntok,
2724 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2725 1.1 christos {
2726 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2727 1.1 christos Convert
2728 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2729 1.1 christos to
2730 1.1 christos lda pv,__OP
2731 1.1 christos mov x,t10
2732 1.1 christos mov y,t11
2733 1.1 christos jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2734 1.1 christos mov t12,result
2735 1.1 christos
2736 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2737 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2738 1.1 christos
2739 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2740 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2741 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2742 1.1 christos
2743 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2744 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2745 1.1 christos
2746 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2747 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2748 1.1 christos else
2749 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2750 1.1 christos
2751 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2752 1.1 christos
2753 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2754 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2755 1.1 christos {
2756 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2757 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2758 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2759 1.1 christos
2760 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2761 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2762 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2763 1.1 christos
2764 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2765 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2766 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2767 1.1 christos
2768 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2769 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2770 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2771 1.1 christos }
2772 1.1 christos else
2773 1.1 christos {
2774 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2775 1.1 christos {
2776 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2777 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2778 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2779 1.1 christos }
2780 1.1 christos
2781 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2782 1.1 christos {
2783 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2784 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2785 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2786 1.1 christos }
2787 1.1 christos
2788 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2789 1.1 christos {
2790 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2791 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2792 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2793 1.1 christos }
2794 1.1 christos }
2795 1.1 christos
2796 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2797 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2798 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2799 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2800 1.1 christos
2801 1.1 christos /* Reload the GP register. */
2802 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2803 1.1 christos FIXME
2804 1.1 christos #endif
2805 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2806 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2807 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2808 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2809 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2810 1.1 christos #endif
2811 1.1 christos
2812 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2813 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2814 1.1 christos {
2815 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2816 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2817 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2818 1.1 christos }
2819 1.1 christos }
2820 1.1 christos
2821 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2822 1.1 christos
2823 1.1 christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2824 1.1 christos in that they can load the target address and default most
2825 1.1 christos everything. */
2826 1.1 christos
2827 1.1 christos static void
2828 1.1 christos emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2829 1.1 christos int ntok,
2830 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2831 1.1 christos {
2832 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2833 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2834 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2835 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2836 1.1 christos long lituse = 0;
2837 1.1 christos
2838 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2839 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2840 1.1 christos else
2841 1.1 christos r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2842 1.1 christos
2843 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2844 1.1 christos
2845 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2846 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2847 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2848 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2849 1.1 christos /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2850 1.1 christos #else
2851 1.1 christos else
2852 1.1 christos {
2853 1.1 christos int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2854 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2855 1.1 christos &basereg, NULL, opname);
2856 1.1 christos }
2857 1.1 christos #endif
2858 1.1 christos
2859 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2860 1.1 christos
2861 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2862 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2863 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2864 1.1 christos else
2865 1.1 christos #endif
2866 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2867 1.1 christos
2868 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2869 1.1 christos
2870 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2871 1.1 christos {
2872 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2873 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2874 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2875 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2876 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2877 1.1 christos }
2878 1.1 christos
2879 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2880 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2881 1.1 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2882 1.1 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2883 1.1 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2884 1.1 christos {
2885 1.1 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2886 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2887 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2888 1.1 christos char *ensymname;
2889 1.1 christos
2890 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2891 1.1 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (symlen + 5);
2892 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2893 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2894 1.1 christos
2895 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2896 1.1 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2897 1.1 christos {
2898 1.1 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2899 1.1 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2900 1.1 christos }
2901 1.1 christos
2902 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2903 1.1 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2904 1.1 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2905 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2906 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2907 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2908 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2909 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2910 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2911 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2912 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2913 1.1 christos }
2914 1.1 christos #endif
2915 1.1 christos
2916 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2917 1.1 christos }
2918 1.1 christos
2919 1.1 christos /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2920 1.1 christos counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2921 1.1 christos
2922 1.1 christos static void
2923 1.1 christos emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2924 1.1 christos int ntok,
2925 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2926 1.1 christos {
2927 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2928 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2929 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2930 1.1 christos
2931 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2932 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2933 1.1 christos else
2934 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2935 1.1 christos
2936 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2937 1.1 christos
2938 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2939 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2940 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2941 1.1 christos else
2942 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_RA;
2943 1.1 christos
2944 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2945 1.1 christos
2946 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2947 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2948 1.1 christos else
2949 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2950 1.1 christos
2951 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2952 1.1 christos }
2953 1.1 christos
2954 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2955 1.1 christos
2956 1.1 christos static void
2957 1.1 christos emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2958 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2959 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2960 1.1 christos {
2961 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2962 1.1 christos FIXME
2963 1.1 christos #endif
2964 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2965 1.1 christos /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2966 1.1 christos with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2967 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2968 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2969 1.1 christos expressionS addend;
2970 1.1 christos
2971 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2972 1.1 christos if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2973 1.1 christos ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2974 1.1 christos #endif
2975 1.1 christos
2976 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2977 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2978 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[2];
2979 1.1 christos
2980 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2981 1.1 christos
2982 1.1 christos addend = tok[1];
2983 1.1 christos
2984 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2985 1.1 christos if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2986 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2987 1.1 christos addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2988 1.1 christos addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2989 1.1 christos #endif
2990 1.1 christos
2991 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
2992 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2993 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2994 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2995 1.1 christos
2996 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2997 1.1 christos
2998 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
2999 1.1 christos
3000 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
3001 1.1 christos
3002 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3003 1.1 christos addend.X_add_number += 4;
3004 1.1 christos #endif
3005 1.1 christos
3006 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
3007 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3008 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3009 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3010 1.1 christos
3011 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3012 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3013 1.1 christos }
3014 1.1 christos
3015 1.1 christos /* The macro table. */
3016 1.1 christos
3017 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3018 1.1 christos {
3019 1.1 christos /* Load/Store macros. */
3020 1.1 christos { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3021 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3022 1.1 christos { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3023 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3024 1.1 christos
3025 1.1 christos { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3026 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3027 1.1 christos { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3028 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3029 1.1 christos { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3030 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3031 1.1 christos { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3032 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3033 1.1 christos { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3034 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3035 1.1 christos { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3036 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3037 1.1 christos { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3038 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3039 1.1 christos { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3040 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3041 1.1 christos { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3042 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3043 1.1 christos
3044 1.1 christos { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3045 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3046 1.1 christos { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3047 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3048 1.1 christos { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3049 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3050 1.1 christos { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3051 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3052 1.1 christos
3053 1.1 christos { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3054 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3055 1.1 christos { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3056 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3057 1.1 christos { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3058 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3059 1.1 christos { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3060 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3061 1.1 christos { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3062 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3063 1.1 christos
3064 1.1 christos { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3065 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3066 1.1 christos
3067 1.1 christos { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3068 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3069 1.1 christos { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3070 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3071 1.1 christos { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3072 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3073 1.1 christos
3074 1.1 christos { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3075 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3076 1.1 christos { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3077 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3078 1.1 christos { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3079 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3080 1.1 christos { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3081 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3082 1.1 christos { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3083 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3084 1.1 christos { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3085 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3086 1.1 christos { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3087 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3088 1.1 christos { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3089 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3090 1.1 christos { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3091 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3092 1.1 christos
3093 1.1 christos { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3094 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3095 1.1 christos { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3096 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3097 1.1 christos { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3098 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3099 1.1 christos { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3100 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3101 1.1 christos { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3102 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3103 1.1 christos
3104 1.1 christos /* Arithmetic macros. */
3105 1.1 christos
3106 1.1 christos { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3107 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3108 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3109 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3110 1.1 christos { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3111 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3112 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3113 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3114 1.1 christos
3115 1.1 christos { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3116 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3117 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3118 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3119 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3120 1.1 christos { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3121 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3122 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3123 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3124 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3125 1.1 christos { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3126 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3127 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3128 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3129 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3130 1.1 christos { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3131 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3132 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3133 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3134 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3135 1.1 christos { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3136 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3137 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3138 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3139 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3140 1.1 christos { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3141 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3142 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3143 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3144 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3145 1.1 christos { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3146 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3147 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3148 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3149 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3150 1.1 christos { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3151 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3152 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3153 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3154 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3155 1.1 christos
3156 1.1 christos { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3157 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3158 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3159 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3160 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3161 1.1 christos { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3162 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3163 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3164 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3165 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3166 1.1 christos { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3167 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3168 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3169 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3170 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3171 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3172 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3173 1.1 christos { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3174 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3175 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3176 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3177 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3178 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3179 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3180 1.1 christos { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3181 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3182 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3183 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3184 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3185 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3186 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3187 1.1 christos };
3188 1.1 christos
3189 1.1 christos static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3190 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3191 1.1 christos
3192 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3193 1.1 christos match. */
3194 1.1 christos
3195 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro *
3196 1.1 christos find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3197 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3198 1.1 christos int *pntok)
3199 1.1 christos
3200 1.1 christos {
3201 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3202 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
3203 1.1 christos
3204 1.1 christos do
3205 1.1 christos {
3206 1.1 christos const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3207 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
3208 1.1 christos
3209 1.1 christos while (*arg)
3210 1.1 christos {
3211 1.1 christos switch (*arg)
3212 1.1 christos {
3213 1.1 christos case MACRO_EOA:
3214 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
3215 1.1 christos return macro;
3216 1.1 christos else
3217 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3218 1.1 christos break;
3219 1.1 christos
3220 1.1 christos /* Index register. */
3221 1.1 christos case MACRO_IR:
3222 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3223 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3224 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3225 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3226 1.1 christos break;
3227 1.1 christos
3228 1.1 christos /* Parenthesized index register. */
3229 1.1 christos case MACRO_PIR:
3230 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3231 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3232 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3233 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3234 1.1 christos break;
3235 1.1 christos
3236 1.1 christos /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3237 1.1 christos case MACRO_OPIR:
3238 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3239 1.1 christos && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3240 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3241 1.1 christos break;
3242 1.1 christos
3243 1.1 christos /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3244 1.1 christos case MACRO_CPIR:
3245 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3246 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3247 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3248 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3249 1.1 christos break;
3250 1.1 christos
3251 1.1 christos /* Floating point register. */
3252 1.1 christos case MACRO_FPR:
3253 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3254 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3255 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3256 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3257 1.1 christos break;
3258 1.1 christos
3259 1.1 christos /* Normal expression. */
3260 1.1 christos case MACRO_EXP:
3261 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3262 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3263 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3264 1.1 christos {
3265 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
3266 1.1 christos case O_absent:
3267 1.1 christos case O_register:
3268 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
3269 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
3270 1.1 christos case O_literal:
3271 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base:
3272 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff:
3273 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr:
3274 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp:
3275 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh:
3276 1.1 christos case O_gprellow:
3277 1.1 christos case O_gprel:
3278 1.1 christos case O_samegp:
3279 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3280 1.1 christos
3281 1.1 christos default:
3282 1.1 christos break;
3283 1.1 christos }
3284 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3285 1.1 christos break;
3286 1.1 christos
3287 1.1 christos match_failed:
3288 1.1 christos while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3289 1.1 christos ++arg;
3290 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3291 1.1 christos break;
3292 1.1 christos }
3293 1.1 christos ++arg;
3294 1.1 christos }
3295 1.1 christos }
3296 1.1 christos while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3297 1.1 christos && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3298 1.1 christos
3299 1.1 christos return NULL;
3300 1.1 christos }
3301 1.1 christos
3302 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3303 1.1 christos opcode all the way through emission. */
3304 1.1 christos
3305 1.1 christos static void
3306 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3307 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3308 1.1 christos int ntok,
3309 1.1 christos int local_macros_on)
3310 1.1 christos {
3311 1.1 christos int found_something = 0;
3312 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3313 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3314 1.1 christos int cpumatch = 1;
3315 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3316 1.1 christos
3317 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3318 1.1 christos /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3319 1.1 christos if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3320 1.1 christos {
3321 1.1 christos reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3322 1.1 christos ntok--;
3323 1.1 christos }
3324 1.1 christos else
3325 1.1 christos #endif
3326 1.1 christos if (local_macros_on)
3327 1.1 christos {
3328 1.1 christos macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
3329 1.1 christos hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
3330 1.1 christos if (macro)
3331 1.1 christos {
3332 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3333 1.1 christos macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3334 1.1 christos if (macro)
3335 1.1 christos {
3336 1.1 christos (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3337 1.1 christos return;
3338 1.1 christos }
3339 1.1 christos }
3340 1.1 christos }
3341 1.1 christos
3342 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
3343 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
3344 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3345 1.1 christos {
3346 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3347 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3348 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3349 1.1 christos {
3350 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
3351 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3352 1.1 christos
3353 1.1 christos /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3354 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3355 1.1 christos insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3356 1.1 christos
3357 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3358 1.1 christos return;
3359 1.1 christos }
3360 1.1 christos }
3361 1.1 christos
3362 1.1 christos if (found_something)
3363 1.1 christos {
3364 1.1 christos if (cpumatch)
3365 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3366 1.1 christos else
3367 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3368 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
3369 1.1 christos }
3370 1.1 christos else
3371 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3372 1.1 christos }
3373 1.1 christos
3374 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3376 1.1 christos
3377 1.1 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3378 1.1 christos Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3379 1.1 christos
3380 1.1 christos Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3381 1.1 christos
3382 1.1 christos static symbolS *
3383 1.1 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3384 1.1 christos {
3385 1.3 christos symbolS *basesym;
3386 1.1 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3387 1.1 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3388 1.1 christos char *p;
3389 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3390 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
3391 1.1 christos symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3392 1.1 christos expressionS e;
3393 1.1 christos
3394 1.1 christos basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3395 1.1 christos
3396 1.1 christos /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3397 1.1 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3398 1.1 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3399 1.1 christos
3400 1.1 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3401 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3402 1.1 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3403 1.1 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3404 1.1 christos {
3405 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3406 1.1 christos && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3407 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3408 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3409 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
3410 1.1 christos return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3411 1.1 christos }
3412 1.1 christos
3413 1.1 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3414 1.1 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3415 1.1 christos linksym = symbol_new
3416 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3417 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
3418 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3419 1.1 christos
3420 1.1 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3421 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3422 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3423 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3424 1.1 christos e.X_add_number = 0;
3425 1.1 christos expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3426 1.1 christos
3427 1.1 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3428 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new
3429 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3430 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3431 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3432 1.1 christos
3433 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3434 1.1 christos
3435 1.1 christos /* Return the symbol. */
3436 1.1 christos return expsym;
3437 1.1 christos }
3438 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3439 1.1 christos
3440 1.1 christos /* Assembler directives. */
3442 1.1 christos
3443 1.1 christos /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3444 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3445 1.1 christos
3446 1.1 christos static void
3447 1.1 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3448 1.1 christos {
3449 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3450 1.1 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3451 1.1 christos #else
3452 1.1 christos s_text (i);
3453 1.1 christos #endif
3454 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3455 1.1 christos {
3456 1.1 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3457 1.1 christos
3458 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3459 1.1 christos if (symbolP == NULL)
3460 1.1 christos {
3461 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3462 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3463 1.1 christos symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3464 1.1 christos }
3465 1.1 christos }
3466 1.1 christos #endif
3467 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3468 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3469 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3470 1.1 christos }
3471 1.1 christos
3472 1.1 christos /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3473 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3474 1.1 christos
3475 1.1 christos static void
3476 1.1 christos s_alpha_data (int i)
3477 1.1 christos {
3478 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3479 1.1 christos obj_elf_data (i);
3480 1.1 christos #else
3481 1.1 christos s_data (i);
3482 1.1 christos #endif
3483 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3484 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3485 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3486 1.1 christos }
3487 1.1 christos
3488 1.1 christos #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3489 1.1 christos
3490 1.1 christos /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3491 1.1 christos
3492 1.1 christos static void
3493 1.1 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3494 1.1 christos {
3495 1.1 christos char *name;
3496 1.3 christos char c;
3497 1.1 christos char *p;
3498 1.1 christos offsetT size;
3499 1.1 christos symbolS *symbolP;
3500 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3501 1.1 christos offsetT temp;
3502 1.3 christos int log_align = 0;
3503 1.1 christos #endif
3504 1.1 christos
3505 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
3506 1.1 christos
3507 1.1 christos /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3508 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
3509 1.1 christos *p = c;
3510 1.1 christos
3511 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3512 1.1 christos
3513 1.1 christos /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3514 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3515 1.1 christos {
3516 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3517 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3518 1.1 christos }
3519 1.1 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3520 1.1 christos {
3521 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3522 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3523 1.1 christos return;
3524 1.1 christos }
3525 1.1 christos
3526 1.1 christos *p = 0;
3527 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3528 1.1 christos *p = c;
3529 1.1 christos
3530 1.1 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3531 1.1 christos {
3532 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3533 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3534 1.1 christos return;
3535 1.1 christos }
3536 1.1 christos
3537 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3538 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3539 1.1 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3540 1.1 christos else
3541 1.1 christos {
3542 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3543 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3544 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3545 1.1 christos }
3546 1.1 christos
3547 1.1 christos /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3548 1.1 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3549 1.1 christos ++log_align;
3550 1.1 christos
3551 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3552 1.1 christos {
3553 1.1 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3554 1.1 christos
3555 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3556 1.1 christos
3557 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3558 1.1 christos The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3559 1.1 christos
3560 1.1 christos segT sec;
3561 1.1 christos char *sec_name;
3562 1.1 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3563 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3564 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3565 1.1 christos int cur_size;
3566 1.1 christos
3567 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3568 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3569 1.1 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3570 1.1 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3571 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3572 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3573 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3574 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3575 1.1 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3576 1.1 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3577 1.1 christos
3578 1.1 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3579 1.1 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3580 1.1 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3581 1.1 christos {
3582 1.1 christos char *pfrag
3583 1.1 christos = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3584 1.1 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3585 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3586 1.1 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3587 1.1 christos }
3588 1.1 christos
3589 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3590 1.1 christos
3591 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3592 1.1 christos }
3593 1.1 christos else
3594 1.1 christos {
3595 1.1 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3596 1.1 christos
3597 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3598 1.1 christos
3599 1.1 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3600 1.1 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3601 1.1 christos
3602 1.1 christos char *pfrag;
3603 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3604 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3605 1.1 christos
3606 1.1 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3607 1.1 christos frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3608 1.1 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3609 1.1 christos
3610 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3611 1.3 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3612 1.1 christos size, NULL);
3613 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3614 1.1 christos
3615 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3616 1.1 christos
3617 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3618 1.1 christos }
3619 1.1 christos #endif
3620 1.1 christos
3621 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3622 1.1 christos {
3623 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3624 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3625 1.1 christos S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3626 1.1 christos (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3627 1.3 christos (long) size);
3628 1.1 christos }
3629 1.1 christos else
3630 1.1 christos {
3631 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3632 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3633 1.1 christos #endif
3634 1.1 christos S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3635 1.1 christos }
3636 1.1 christos
3637 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3638 1.1 christos know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
3639 1.1 christos #endif
3640 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3641 1.1 christos }
3642 1.1 christos
3643 1.1 christos #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3644 1.1 christos
3645 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3646 1.1 christos
3647 1.1 christos /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3648 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3649 1.1 christos
3650 1.1 christos static void
3651 1.1 christos s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3652 1.1 christos {
3653 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3654 1.1 christos subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3655 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3656 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3657 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3658 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3659 1.1 christos }
3660 1.1 christos
3661 1.1 christos #endif
3662 1.1 christos
3663 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3664 1.1 christos
3665 1.1 christos /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3666 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3667 1.1 christos
3668 1.1 christos static void
3669 1.1 christos s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3670 1.1 christos {
3671 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3672 1.1 christos subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3673 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3674 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3675 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3676 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3677 1.1 christos }
3678 1.1 christos #endif
3679 1.1 christos
3680 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3681 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3682 1.1 christos {
3683 1.1 christos symbolS *func_sym;
3684 1.1 christos symbolS *func_end_sym;
3685 1.1 christos symbolS *prologue_sym;
3686 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
3687 1.1 christos unsigned int fmask;
3688 1.1 christos int fp_regno;
3689 1.1 christos int ra_regno;
3690 1.1 christos offsetT frame_size;
3691 1.1 christos offsetT mask_offset;
3692 1.3 christos offsetT fmask_offset;
3693 1.3 christos
3694 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3695 1.1 christos };
3696 1.1 christos
3697 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3698 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3699 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3700 1.1 christos
3701 1.1 christos extern int all_cfi_sections;
3702 1.1 christos
3703 1.1 christos /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3704 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3705 1.1 christos
3706 1.1 christos static void
3707 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3708 1.1 christos {
3709 1.1 christos obj_elf_section (ignore);
3710 1.1 christos
3711 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3712 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3713 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3714 1.1 christos }
3715 1.3 christos
3716 1.3 christos static void
3717 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3718 1.3 christos {
3719 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3720 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3721 1.1 christos else
3722 1.1 christos {
3723 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
3724 1.1 christos
3725 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3726 1.1 christos /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */
3727 1.1 christos all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
3728 1.1 christos
3729 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3730 1.1 christos {
3731 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3732 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3733 1.1 christos }
3734 1.1 christos else
3735 1.1 christos {
3736 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3737 1.1 christos
3738 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3739 1.1 christos as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3740 1.1 christos
3741 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3742 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3743 1.1 christos
3744 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = (struct alpha_elf_frame_data *)
3745 1.1 christos calloc (1, sizeof (*cur_frame_data));
3746 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3747 1.1 christos
3748 1.1 christos /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3749 1.3 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3750 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3751 1.1 christos
3752 1.1 christos *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3753 1.1 christos plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3754 1.1 christos
3755 1.1 christos /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3756 1.1 christos what it really means, but ignore it. */
3757 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3758 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3759 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3760 1.1 christos {
3761 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3762 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3763 1.1 christos }
3764 1.1 christos if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3765 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3766 1.1 christos }
3767 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3768 1.1 christos }
3769 1.1 christos }
3770 1.3 christos
3771 1.3 christos static void
3772 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3773 1.1 christos {
3774 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3775 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_end (0);
3776 1.1 christos else
3777 1.1 christos {
3778 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
3779 1.1 christos
3780 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3781 1.1 christos
3782 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3783 1.1 christos {
3784 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3785 1.1 christos }
3786 1.1 christos else
3787 1.1 christos {
3788 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3789 1.1 christos
3790 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (name);
3791 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3792 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3793 1.1 christos else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3794 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3795 1.1 christos
3796 1.1 christos /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3797 1.1 christos if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3798 1.1 christos {
3799 1.1 christos OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3800 1.1 christos expressionS *exp = (expressionS *) xmalloc (sizeof (expressionS));
3801 1.1 christos
3802 1.1 christos obj->size = exp;
3803 1.3 christos exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3804 1.1 christos exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3805 1.3 christos exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3806 1.1 christos exp->X_add_number = 0;
3807 1.1 christos
3808 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3809 1.1 christos }
3810 1.1 christos
3811 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = NULL;
3812 1.1 christos }
3813 1.1 christos
3814 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3815 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3816 1.1 christos }
3817 1.1 christos }
3818 1.1 christos
3819 1.1 christos static void
3820 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3821 1.1 christos {
3822 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3823 1.1 christos {
3824 1.1 christos if (fp)
3825 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3826 1.1 christos else
3827 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3828 1.1 christos }
3829 1.1 christos else
3830 1.1 christos {
3831 1.1 christos long val;
3832 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
3833 1.1 christos
3834 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3835 1.1 christos {
3836 1.1 christos if (fp)
3837 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3838 1.1 christos else
3839 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3840 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3841 1.1 christos return;
3842 1.1 christos }
3843 1.1 christos
3844 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3845 1.1 christos {
3846 1.1 christos if (fp)
3847 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3848 1.1 christos else
3849 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3850 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3851 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3852 1.1 christos return;
3853 1.1 christos }
3854 1.1 christos
3855 1.1 christos offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3856 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3857 1.1 christos
3858 1.1 christos if (fp)
3859 1.1 christos {
3860 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3861 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3862 1.1 christos }
3863 1.1 christos else
3864 1.1 christos {
3865 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3866 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3867 1.1 christos }
3868 1.1 christos }
3869 1.1 christos }
3870 1.1 christos
3871 1.1 christos static void
3872 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3873 1.1 christos {
3874 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3875 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3876 1.1 christos else
3877 1.1 christos {
3878 1.1 christos long val;
3879 1.1 christos
3880 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3881 1.1 christos {
3882 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3883 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3884 1.1 christos return;
3885 1.1 christos }
3886 1.1 christos
3887 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3888 1.1 christos
3889 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3890 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3891 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3892 1.1 christos {
3893 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3894 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3895 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3896 1.1 christos return;
3897 1.1 christos }
3898 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3899 1.1 christos
3900 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3901 1.1 christos
3902 1.1 christos /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3903 1.1 christos this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3904 1.1 christos to put this value, so ignore it. */
3905 1.1 christos s_ignore (42);
3906 1.1 christos }
3907 1.1 christos }
3908 1.1 christos
3909 1.1 christos static void
3910 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3911 1.1 christos {
3912 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3913 1.1 christos int arg;
3914 1.1 christos
3915 1.1 christos arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3916 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3917 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
3918 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3919 1.1 christos
3920 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3921 1.1 christos sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3922 1.1 christos else
3923 1.1 christos sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3924 1.1 christos
3925 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
3926 1.1 christos {
3927 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3928 1.1 christos return;
3929 1.1 christos }
3930 1.1 christos
3931 1.1 christos switch (arg)
3932 1.1 christos {
3933 1.1 christos case 0: /* No PV required. */
3934 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3935 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3936 1.1 christos break;
3937 1.1 christos case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3938 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3939 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3940 1.1 christos break;
3941 1.1 christos case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3942 1.1 christos break;
3943 1.1 christos
3944 1.1 christos default:
3945 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3946 1.1 christos break;
3947 1.1 christos }
3948 1.1 christos
3949 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3950 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3951 1.1 christos }
3952 1.1 christos
3953 1.1 christos static char *first_file_directive;
3954 1.1 christos
3955 1.1 christos static void
3956 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3957 1.1 christos {
3958 1.1 christos /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3959 1.1 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3960 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3961 1.1 christos {
3962 1.1 christos char *start = input_line_pointer;
3963 1.1 christos size_t len;
3964 1.1 christos
3965 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3966 1.1 christos
3967 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - start;
3968 1.1 christos first_file_directive = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
3969 1.1 christos memcpy (first_file_directive, start, len);
3970 1.1 christos first_file_directive[len] = '\0';
3971 1.1 christos
3972 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = start;
3973 1.1 christos }
3974 1.1 christos
3975 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3976 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
3977 1.1 christos else
3978 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3979 1.1 christos }
3980 1.1 christos
3981 1.1 christos static void
3982 1.1 christos s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3983 1.1 christos {
3984 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3985 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3986 1.1 christos else
3987 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3988 1.1 christos }
3989 1.1 christos
3990 1.1 christos static void
3991 1.1 christos s_alpha_stab (int n)
3992 1.1 christos {
3993 1.1 christos /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3994 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3995 1.1 christos {
3996 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3997 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3998 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
3999 1.1 christos
4000 1.1 christos ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
4001 1.1 christos
4002 1.1 christos if (first_file_directive)
4003 1.1 christos {
4004 1.1 christos char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4005 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4006 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
4007 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4008 1.1 christos free (first_file_directive);
4009 1.1 christos }
4010 1.1 christos
4011 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4012 1.1 christos }
4013 1.1 christos s_stab (n);
4014 1.1 christos }
4015 1.1 christos
4016 1.1 christos static void
4017 1.1 christos s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4018 1.1 christos {
4019 1.1 christos static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4020 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_begin,
4021 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4022 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_def,
4023 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_dim,
4024 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_endef,
4025 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_scl,
4026 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_tag,
4027 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_val,
4028 1.1 christos };
4029 1.1 christos
4030 1.1 christos gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4031 1.1 christos
4032 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4033 1.1 christos (*fns[which]) (0);
4034 1.1 christos else
4035 1.1 christos {
4036 1.1 christos as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4037 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4038 1.1 christos }
4039 1.1 christos }
4040 1.1 christos
4041 1.1 christos /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4042 1.1 christos unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4043 1.1 christos
4044 1.1 christos void
4045 1.1 christos alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4046 1.1 christos {
4047 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4048 1.1 christos
4049 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4050 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4051 1.1 christos
4052 1.1 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4053 1.1 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4054 1.1 christos return;
4055 1.1 christos
4056 1.1 christos /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4057 1.1 christos generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4058 1.1 christos Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4059 1.1 christos For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4060 1.1 christos the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4061 1.1 christos if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4062 1.1 christos return;
4063 1.1 christos
4064 1.1 christos /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4065 1.3 christos for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4066 1.1 christos if (p->prologue_sym)
4067 1.1 christos {
4068 1.1 christos /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4069 1.1 christos function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4070 1.1 christos cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4071 1.1 christos S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
4072 1.1 christos symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
4073 1.1 christos
4074 1.1 christos cfi_set_sections ();
4075 1.1 christos cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4076 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4077 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4078 1.1 christos {
4079 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
4080 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
4081 1.1 christos
4082 1.1 christos cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4083 1.1 christos
4084 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4085 1.1 christos if (p->frame_size != 0)
4086 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4087 1.1 christos else
4088 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4089 1.1 christos else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4090 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4091 1.1 christos
4092 1.1 christos mask = p->mask;
4093 1.1 christos offset = p->mask_offset;
4094 1.1 christos
4095 1.1 christos /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4096 1.1 christos if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4097 1.1 christos {
4098 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4099 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4100 1.1 christos mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4101 1.1 christos }
4102 1.1 christos while (mask)
4103 1.1 christos {
4104 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4105 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4106 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4107 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4108 1.1 christos
4109 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4110 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4111 1.1 christos }
4112 1.1 christos
4113 1.1 christos mask = p->fmask;
4114 1.1 christos offset = p->fmask_offset;
4115 1.1 christos while (mask)
4116 1.1 christos {
4117 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4118 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4119 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4120 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4121 1.1 christos
4122 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4123 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4124 1.1 christos }
4125 1.1 christos }
4126 1.1 christos
4127 1.1 christos cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4128 1.1 christos }
4129 1.1 christos }
4130 1.3 christos
4131 1.1 christos static void
4132 1.1 christos s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4133 1.1 christos {
4134 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4135 1.3 christos char *which, which_end;
4136 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
4137 1.1 christos int other;
4138 1.1 christos
4139 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4140 1.1 christos
4141 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4142 1.3 christos {
4143 1.3 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4144 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4145 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4146 1.1 christos return;
4147 1.1 christos }
4148 1.1 christos
4149 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4150 1.1 christos name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4151 1.1 christos if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
4152 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4153 1.3 christos
4154 1.3 christos if (name_end != ',')
4155 1.1 christos {
4156 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4157 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4158 1.1 christos return;
4159 1.1 christos }
4160 1.1 christos
4161 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4162 1.1 christos
4163 1.1 christos which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
4164 1.1 christos
4165 1.1 christos if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4166 1.3 christos other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4167 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4168 1.1 christos other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4169 1.1 christos else
4170 1.1 christos {
4171 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4172 1.1 christos other = 0;
4173 1.1 christos }
4174 1.1 christos
4175 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
4176 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4177 1.1 christos
4178 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4179 1.1 christos }
4180 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4181 1.1 christos
4182 1.1 christos /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4183 1.1 christos
4184 1.1 christos void
4185 1.1 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4186 1.1 christos {
4187 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4188 1.1 christos }
4189 1.1 christos
4190 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4191 1.1 christos
4192 1.1 christos /* Get name of section. */
4193 1.1 christos static char *
4194 1.1 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4195 1.1 christos {
4196 1.1 christos char *name;
4197 1.1 christos
4198 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4199 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4200 1.1 christos {
4201 1.1 christos int dummy;
4202 1.1 christos
4203 1.1 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4204 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4205 1.1 christos {
4206 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4207 1.1 christos return NULL;
4208 1.1 christos }
4209 1.1 christos }
4210 1.1 christos else
4211 1.1 christos {
4212 1.1 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4213 1.1 christos
4214 1.1 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4215 1.1 christos end++;
4216 1.1 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4217 1.1 christos {
4218 1.1 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4219 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4220 1.1 christos return NULL;
4221 1.1 christos }
4222 1.1 christos
4223 1.1 christos name = xmalloc (end - input_line_pointer + 1);
4224 1.1 christos memcpy (name, input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4225 1.1 christos name[end - input_line_pointer] = '\0';
4226 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4227 1.1 christos }
4228 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4229 1.1 christos return name;
4230 1.1 christos }
4231 1.1 christos
4232 1.1 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4233 1.1 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4234 1.1 christos
4235 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4236 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4237 1.1 christos
4238 1.1 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4239 1.1 christos
4240 1.1 christos static flagword
4241 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4242 1.1 christos {
4243 1.1 christos int no = 0;
4244 1.1 christos flagword flag = 0;
4245 1.1 christos
4246 1.1 christos if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
4247 1.1 christos {
4248 1.1 christos no = 1;
4249 1.1 christos str += 2;
4250 1.1 christos len -= 2;
4251 1.1 christos }
4252 1.1 christos
4253 1.1 christos if (len == 3)
4254 1.1 christos {
4255 1.1 christos if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
4256 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4257 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
4258 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4259 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
4260 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4261 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
4262 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4263 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
4264 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4265 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
4266 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4267 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
4268 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4269 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
4270 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4271 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
4272 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4273 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
4274 1.1 christos {
4275 1.1 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4276 1.1 christos no = 0;
4277 1.1 christos }
4278 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
4279 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4280 1.1 christos }
4281 1.1 christos
4282 1.1 christos if (flag == 0)
4283 1.1 christos {
4284 1.1 christos char c = str[len];
4285 1.1 christos str[len] = 0;
4286 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4287 1.1 christos str[len] = c;
4288 1.1 christos return 0;
4289 1.1 christos }
4290 1.1 christos
4291 1.1 christos if (no)
4292 1.1 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4293 1.1 christos else
4294 1.1 christos return flag;
4295 1.1 christos }
4296 1.1 christos
4297 1.1 christos /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4298 1.1 christos
4299 1.1 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4300 1.1 christos
4301 1.1 christos static char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4302 1.1 christos { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4303 1.1 christos
4304 1.1 christos static void
4305 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4306 1.1 christos {
4307 1.1 christos char *name, *beg;
4308 1.1 christos segT sec;
4309 1.1 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4310 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4311 1.1 christos
4312 1.1 christos if (secid == 0)
4313 1.1 christos {
4314 1.1 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4315 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4316 1.1 christos return;
4317 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4318 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4319 1.1 christos {
4320 1.3 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4321 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4322 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4323 1.1 christos
4324 1.1 christos do
4325 1.3 christos {
4326 1.1 christos char c;
4327 1.1 christos
4328 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4329 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
4330 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4331 1.1 christos
4332 1.1 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4333 1.1 christos
4334 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4335 1.1 christos }
4336 1.1 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4337 1.1 christos
4338 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4339 1.1 christos }
4340 1.1 christos
4341 1.1 christos symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4342 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4343 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4344 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4345 1.1 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4346 1.1 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4347 1.1 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4348 1.1 christos }
4349 1.1 christos else
4350 1.1 christos {
4351 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4352 1.1 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4353 1.1 christos }
4354 1.1 christos
4355 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4356 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4357 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4358 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4359 1.1 christos }
4360 1.1 christos
4361 1.1 christos static void
4362 1.1 christos s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4363 1.1 christos {
4364 1.1 christos subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4365 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4366 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4367 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4368 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4369 1.1 christos }
4370 1.1 christos
4371 1.1 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4372 1.1 christos
4373 1.1 christos static void
4374 1.1 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4375 1.1 christos {
4376 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4377 1.1 christos expressionS symexpr;
4378 1.1 christos
4379 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4380 1.1 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4381 1.1 christos
4382 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4383 1.1 christos
4384 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4385 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4386 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4387 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4388 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4389 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4390 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4391 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4392 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4393 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4394 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4395 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4396 1.1 christos
4397 1.1 christos expression (&symexpr);
4398 1.1 christos
4399 1.1 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4400 1.1 christos {
4401 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4402 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4403 1.1 christos return;
4404 1.1 christos }
4405 1.1 christos
4406 1.1 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4407 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4408 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4409 1.1 christos
4410 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4411 1.1 christos }
4412 1.3 christos
4413 1.3 christos static void
4414 1.1 christos s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4415 1.1 christos {
4416 1.1 christos if (is_data)
4417 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4418 1.1 christos else
4419 1.1 christos {
4420 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4421 1.1 christos
4422 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4423 1.1 christos
4424 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4425 1.1 christos {
4426 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4427 1.3 christos }
4428 1.3 christos else
4429 1.3 christos {
4430 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
4431 1.1 christos
4432 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4433 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4434 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4435 1.1 christos }
4436 1.1 christos
4437 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4438 1.1 christos }
4439 1.1 christos
4440 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4441 1.1 christos }
4442 1.1 christos
4443 1.1 christos /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4444 1.1 christos
4445 1.1 christos static void
4446 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4447 1.1 christos {
4448 1.1 christos long val;
4449 1.1 christos int ra;
4450 1.1 christos
4451 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4452 1.1 christos
4453 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4454 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4455 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4456 1.1 christos {
4457 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4458 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4459 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4460 1.1 christos return;
4461 1.1 christos }
4462 1.1 christos
4463 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4464 1.1 christos
4465 1.1 christos ra = tc_get_register (1);
4466 1.1 christos if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4467 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4468 1.1 christos
4469 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4470 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4471 1.1 christos {
4472 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4473 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4474 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4475 1.1 christos return;
4476 1.1 christos }
4477 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4478 1.1 christos }
4479 1.1 christos
4480 1.1 christos /* Parse .prologue. */
4481 1.1 christos
4482 1.1 christos static void
4483 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4484 1.1 christos {
4485 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4486 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
4487 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4488 1.1 christos }
4489 1.3 christos
4490 1.1 christos /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4491 1.1 christos Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4492 1.1 christos
4493 1.1 christos static void
4494 1.1 christos s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4495 1.1 christos {
4496 1.1 christos char *name;
4497 1.1 christos char name_end;
4498 1.1 christos char *p;
4499 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4500 1.1 christos symbolS *entry_sym;
4501 1.1 christos const char *entry_sym_name;
4502 1.1 christos const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4503 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4504 1.1 christos size_t len;
4505 1.1 christos
4506 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4507 1.1 christos {
4508 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4509 1.3 christos return;
4510 1.1 christos }
4511 1.1 christos
4512 1.3 christos expression (&exp);
4513 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4514 1.1 christos {
4515 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4516 1.1 christos return;
4517 1.1 christos }
4518 1.1 christos
4519 1.1 christos entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4520 1.1 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4521 1.1 christos
4522 1.1 christos /* Strip "..en". */
4523 1.1 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4524 1.1 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4525 1.1 christos {
4526 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4527 1.1 christos return;
4528 1.1 christos }
4529 1.1 christos len -= 4;
4530 1.1 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4531 1.1 christos
4532 1.1 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4533 1.1 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4534 1.3 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4535 1.1 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4536 1.1 christos {
4537 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4538 1.1 christos return;
4539 1.3 christos }
4540 1.1 christos
4541 1.1 christos /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4542 1.1 christos symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4543 1.1 christos
4544 1.1 christos /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4545 1.1 christos ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4546 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4547 1.1 christos = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4548 1.1 christos
4549 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4550 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4551 1.1 christos {
4552 1.1 christos as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4553 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4554 1.1 christos return;
4555 1.1 christos }
4556 1.1 christos
4557 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4558 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4559 1.1 christos
4560 1.1 christos if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
4561 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4562 1.3 christos
4563 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
4564 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4565 1.1 christos
4566 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
4567 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4568 1.3 christos
4569 1.1 christos else
4570 1.1 christos {
4571 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4572 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4573 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4574 1.1 christos return;
4575 1.1 christos }
4576 1.1 christos
4577 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4578 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4579 1.1 christos
4580 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4581 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4582 1.1 christos #endif
4583 1.1 christos
4584 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4585 1.1 christos p = frag_more (16);
4586 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4587 1.1 christos fixp->fx_done = 1;
4588 1.1 christos
4589 1.1 christos *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4590 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4591 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4592 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4593 1.1 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4594 1.1 christos
4595 1.1 christos switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4596 1.1 christos {
4597 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4598 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = 0;
4599 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = 0;
4600 1.1 christos break;
4601 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4602 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4603 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4604 1.1 christos break;
4605 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4606 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4607 1.1 christos break;
4608 1.1 christos default: /* impossible */
4609 1.1 christos break;
4610 1.1 christos }
4611 1.1 christos
4612 1.1 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4613 1.1 christos *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4614 1.1 christos
4615 1.1 christos /* Signature offset. */
4616 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4617 1.1 christos
4618 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4619 1.1 christos 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4620 1.1 christos
4621 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4622 1.1 christos return;
4623 1.1 christos
4624 1.1 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4625 1.1 christos p = frag_more (6);
4626 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4627 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4628 1.1 christos
4629 1.1 christos /* Entry length. */
4630 1.1 christos exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4631 1.1 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4632 1.1 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4633 1.1 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4634 1.1 christos
4635 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4636 1.1 christos return;
4637 1.1 christos
4638 1.1 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4639 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4640 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4641 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4642 1.1 christos
4643 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4644 1.1 christos {
4645 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4646 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4647 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4648 1.1 christos }
4649 1.1 christos
4650 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4651 1.1 christos {
4652 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4653 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4654 1.1 christos }
4655 1.1 christos }
4656 1.1 christos
4657 1.1 christos /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4658 1.1 christos
4659 1.1 christos static void
4660 1.1 christos s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4661 1.1 christos {
4662 1.1 christos char *p;
4663 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4664 1.1 christos
4665 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4666 1.1 christos {
4667 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4668 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4669 1.1 christos return;
4670 1.1 christos }
4671 1.1 christos
4672 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4673 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4674 1.1 christos {
4675 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4676 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4677 1.1 christos return;
4678 1.1 christos }
4679 1.1 christos
4680 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4681 1.1 christos
4682 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4683 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4684 1.1 christos #endif
4685 1.1 christos
4686 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4687 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4688 1.1 christos
4689 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4690 1.1 christos }
4691 1.1 christos
4692 1.1 christos /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4693 1.1 christos Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4694 1.1 christos
4695 1.1 christos static void
4696 1.1 christos s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4697 1.1 christos {
4698 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4699 1.1 christos char *p;
4700 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4701 1.1 christos
4702 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4703 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4704 1.1 christos #endif
4705 1.3 christos
4706 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4707 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4708 1.1 christos {
4709 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4710 1.1 christos }
4711 1.1 christos else
4712 1.1 christos {
4713 1.1 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4714 1.1 christos
4715 1.1 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4716 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4717 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4718 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4719 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4720 1.1 christos
4721 1.1 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4722 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
4723 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4724 1.1 christos
4725 1.1 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4726 1.1 christos linkage_fixup = (struct alpha_linkage_fixups *)
4727 1.1 christos xmalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_linkage_fixups));
4728 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4729 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4730 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4731 1.1 christos
4732 1.1 christos /* Append it to the list. */
4733 1.1 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4734 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4735 1.1 christos else
4736 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4737 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4738 1.1 christos }
4739 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4740 1.1 christos }
4741 1.1 christos
4742 1.1 christos /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4743 1.1 christos Create a code address relocation. */
4744 1.1 christos
4745 1.1 christos static void
4746 1.1 christos s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4747 1.1 christos {
4748 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4749 1.1 christos char *p;
4750 1.1 christos
4751 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4752 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4753 1.1 christos #endif
4754 1.1 christos
4755 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4756 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4757 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4758 1.1 christos else
4759 1.1 christos {
4760 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4761 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
4762 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4763 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4764 1.1 christos }
4765 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4766 1.1 christos }
4767 1.1 christos
4768 1.1 christos static void
4769 1.1 christos s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4770 1.1 christos {
4771 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4772 1.1 christos
4773 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4774 1.1 christos }
4775 1.1 christos
4776 1.1 christos static void
4777 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4778 1.1 christos {
4779 1.1 christos long val;
4780 1.1 christos
4781 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4782 1.1 christos {
4783 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4784 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4785 1.1 christos }
4786 1.1 christos else
4787 1.1 christos {
4788 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4789 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4790 1.1 christos }
4791 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4792 1.1 christos }
4793 1.1 christos
4794 1.1 christos static void
4795 1.1 christos s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4796 1.1 christos {
4797 1.1 christos long val;
4798 1.1 christos
4799 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4800 1.1 christos {
4801 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4802 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4803 1.1 christos }
4804 1.1 christos else
4805 1.1 christos {
4806 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4807 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4808 1.1 christos }
4809 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4810 1.3 christos }
4811 1.1 christos
4812 1.1 christos static void
4813 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4814 1.1 christos {
4815 1.1 christos char *name;
4816 1.1 christos char c;
4817 1.1 christos
4818 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4819 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
4820 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4821 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4822 1.1 christos }
4823 1.1 christos
4824 1.1 christos static void
4825 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4826 1.1 christos {
4827 1.1 christos symbolS *s;
4828 1.1 christos int length;
4829 1.1 christos static char case_hack[32];
4830 1.1 christos
4831 1.1 christos sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4832 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4833 1.1 christos
4834 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4835 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4836 1.1 christos
4837 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4838 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4839 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4840 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4841 1.1 christos }
4842 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4843 1.1 christos
4844 1.1 christos /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4845 1.1 christos
4846 1.1 christos static void
4847 1.1 christos s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4848 1.1 christos {
4849 1.1 christos expressionS e;
4850 1.1 christos char *p;
4851 1.1 christos
4852 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4853 1.1 christos expression (&e);
4854 1.1 christos
4855 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4856 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4857 1.1 christos {
4858 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4859 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4860 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_symbol;
4861 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
4862 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4863 1.1 christos break;
4864 1.1 christos default:
4865 1.1 christos abort ();
4866 1.1 christos }
4867 1.1 christos #else
4868 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4869 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4870 1.1 christos {
4871 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4872 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4873 1.1 christos /* fall through */
4874 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4875 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
4876 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4877 1.1 christos break;
4878 1.1 christos default:
4879 1.1 christos abort ();
4880 1.1 christos }
4881 1.1 christos #endif
4882 1.1 christos #endif
4883 1.1 christos
4884 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4885 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4886 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4887 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
4888 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4889 1.1 christos
4890 1.1 christos p = frag_more (4);
4891 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 4);
4892 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4893 1.1 christos &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4894 1.1 christos }
4895 1.1 christos
4896 1.1 christos /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4897 1.1 christos generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4898 1.1 christos correctly aligned. */
4899 1.1 christos
4900 1.1 christos static void
4901 1.1 christos s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4902 1.1 christos {
4903 1.1 christos int log_size;
4904 1.1 christos
4905 1.1 christos switch (type)
4906 1.1 christos {
4907 1.1 christos default:
4908 1.1 christos case 'f':
4909 1.1 christos case 'F':
4910 1.1 christos log_size = 2;
4911 1.1 christos break;
4912 1.1 christos
4913 1.1 christos case 'd':
4914 1.1 christos case 'D':
4915 1.1 christos case 'G':
4916 1.1 christos log_size = 3;
4917 1.1 christos break;
4918 1.1 christos
4919 1.1 christos case 'x':
4920 1.1 christos case 'X':
4921 1.1 christos case 'p':
4922 1.1 christos case 'P':
4923 1.1 christos log_size = 4;
4924 1.1 christos break;
4925 1.1 christos }
4926 1.1 christos
4927 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4928 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4929 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4930 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
4931 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4932 1.1 christos
4933 1.1 christos float_cons (type);
4934 1.1 christos }
4935 1.1 christos
4936 1.1 christos /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4937 1.1 christos parse it. */
4938 1.1 christos
4939 1.1 christos static void
4940 1.1 christos s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4941 1.3 christos {
4942 1.1 christos char *name;
4943 1.1 christos char c;
4944 1.1 christos char *p;
4945 1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP;
4946 1.1 christos int temp;
4947 1.1 christos
4948 1.1 christos /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4949 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4950 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4951 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4952 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4953 1.1 christos *p = c;
4954 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4955 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4956 1.1 christos {
4957 1.1 christos *p = 0;
4958 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4959 1.1 christos *p = c;
4960 1.1 christos temp = 0;
4961 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4962 1.1 christos }
4963 1.1 christos else
4964 1.1 christos {
4965 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4966 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4967 1.1 christos }
4968 1.1 christos /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4969 1.1 christos (void) symbolP;
4970 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4971 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4972 1.1 christos }
4973 1.1 christos
4974 1.1 christos /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4975 1.1 christos the assembler features. */
4976 1.3 christos
4977 1.1 christos static void
4978 1.1 christos s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4979 1.1 christos {
4980 1.1 christos char *name, ch, *s;
4981 1.1 christos int yesno = 1;
4982 1.1 christos
4983 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4984 1.1 christos
4985 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
4986 1.1 christos s = name;
4987 1.1 christos if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4988 1.1 christos {
4989 1.1 christos yesno = 0;
4990 1.1 christos s += 2;
4991 1.1 christos }
4992 1.1 christos if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4993 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4994 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4995 1.1 christos alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4996 1.3 christos else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4997 1.1 christos alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4998 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4999 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
5000 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
5001 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
5002 1.1 christos else
5003 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
5004 1.1 christos
5005 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5006 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5007 1.1 christos }
5008 1.1 christos
5009 1.1 christos /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5010 1.1 christos the $gp register. */
5011 1.1 christos
5012 1.1 christos static void
5013 1.1 christos s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5014 1.1 christos {
5015 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5016 1.1 christos
5017 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5018 1.1 christos {
5019 1.1 christos /* $rNN form. */
5020 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5021 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5022 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5023 1.1 christos }
5024 1.1 christos
5025 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5026 1.1 christos if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5027 1.1 christos {
5028 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5029 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5030 1.1 christos }
5031 1.1 christos
5032 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5033 1.1 christos }
5034 1.1 christos
5035 1.1 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5036 1.1 christos also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5037 1.1 christos way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5038 1.1 christos
5039 1.1 christos static void
5040 1.1 christos s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5041 1.1 christos {
5042 1.1 christos int align;
5043 1.1 christos char fill, *pfill;
5044 1.1 christos long max_alignment = 16;
5045 1.1 christos
5046 1.1 christos align = get_absolute_expression ();
5047 1.1 christos if (align > max_alignment)
5048 1.1 christos {
5049 1.1 christos align = max_alignment;
5050 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5051 1.1 christos }
5052 1.1 christos else if (align < 0)
5053 1.1 christos {
5054 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5055 1.1 christos align = 0;
5056 1.1 christos }
5057 1.1 christos
5058 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5059 1.1 christos {
5060 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5061 1.1 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5062 1.1 christos pfill = &fill;
5063 1.1 christos }
5064 1.1 christos else
5065 1.1 christos pfill = NULL;
5066 1.1 christos
5067 1.1 christos if (align != 0)
5068 1.1 christos {
5069 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5070 1.1 christos alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5071 1.1 christos }
5072 1.1 christos else
5073 1.1 christos {
5074 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5075 1.1 christos }
5076 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5077 1.1 christos
5078 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5079 1.1 christos }
5080 1.1 christos
5081 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5082 1.1 christos
5083 1.1 christos static void
5084 1.1 christos s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5085 1.1 christos {
5086 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5087 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5088 1.1 christos stringer (8 + terminate);
5089 1.1 christos }
5090 1.1 christos
5091 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5092 1.1 christos
5093 1.1 christos static void
5094 1.1 christos s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5095 1.1 christos {
5096 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5097 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5098 1.1 christos s_space (ignore);
5099 1.1 christos }
5100 1.1 christos
5101 1.1 christos /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5102 1.1 christos
5103 1.1 christos void
5104 1.1 christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
5105 1.1 christos {
5106 1.1 christos int log_size;
5107 1.1 christos
5108 1.1 christos log_size = 0;
5109 1.1 christos while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5110 1.1 christos ++log_size;
5111 1.1 christos
5112 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5113 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5114 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5115 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
5116 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5117 1.1 christos }
5118 1.1 christos
5119 1.1 christos /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5120 1.1 christos pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5121 1.1 christos
5122 1.1 christos static void
5123 1.1 christos s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5124 1.1 christos {
5125 1.1 christos int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5126 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5127 1.1 christos cons (bytes);
5128 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5129 1.1 christos }
5130 1.1 christos
5131 1.3 christos /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5132 1.3 christos
5133 1.1 christos static void
5134 1.1 christos s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5135 1.1 christos {
5136 1.1 christos char *name, ch;
5137 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5138 1.1 christos
5139 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5140 1.1 christos
5141 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
5142 1.1 christos
5143 1.3 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5144 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5145 1.1 christos {
5146 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5147 1.1 christos goto found;
5148 1.1 christos }
5149 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5150 1.1 christos
5151 1.1 christos found:
5152 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5153 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5154 1.1 christos }
5155 1.1 christos
5156 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5158 1.1 christos /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5159 1.1 christos
5160 1.1 christos static void
5161 1.1 christos alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5162 1.1 christos {
5163 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5164 1.1 christos {
5165 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
5166 1.1 christos putc (',', f);
5167 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
5168 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
5169 1.1 christos putc ('(', f);
5170 1.1 christos {
5171 1.1 christos expressionS nexp = *exp;
5172 1.1 christos nexp.X_op = O_register;
5173 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5174 1.1 christos }
5175 1.1 christos putc (')', f);
5176 1.1 christos break;
5177 1.1 christos default:
5178 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5179 1.1 christos break;
5180 1.1 christos }
5181 1.1 christos }
5182 1.1 christos #endif
5183 1.1 christos
5184 1.1 christos /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5186 1.1 christos
5187 1.1 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5188 1.1 christos {
5189 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5190 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5191 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5192 1.1 christos #endif
5193 1.1 christos {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5194 1.1 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5195 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5196 1.1 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5197 1.1 christos #endif
5198 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5199 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5200 1.1 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5201 1.1 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5202 1.1 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5203 1.1 christos #endif
5204 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5205 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5206 1.1 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5207 1.1 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5208 1.1 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5209 1.1 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5210 1.1 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5211 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5212 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5213 1.1 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5214 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5215 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5216 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5217 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5218 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5219 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5220 1.1 christos {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5221 1.1 christos {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5222 1.1 christos {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5223 1.1 christos {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5224 1.1 christos {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5225 1.1 christos #endif
5226 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5227 1.1 christos /* Frame related pseudos. */
5228 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5229 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5230 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5231 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5232 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5233 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5234 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5235 1.1 christos {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5236 1.1 christos {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5237 1.1 christos {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5238 1.1 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5239 1.1 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5240 1.1 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5241 1.1 christos {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5242 1.1 christos {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5243 1.1 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5244 1.1 christos {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5245 1.1 christos {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5246 1.1 christos {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5247 1.1 christos {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5248 1.1 christos #else
5249 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5250 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5251 1.1 christos #else
5252 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5253 1.1 christos #endif
5254 1.1 christos #endif
5255 1.1 christos {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5256 1.1 christos {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5257 1.1 christos {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5258 1.1 christos {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5259 1.1 christos {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5260 1.1 christos {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5261 1.1 christos
5262 1.1 christos {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5263 1.1 christos {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5264 1.1 christos {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5265 1.1 christos {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 christos {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5267 1.1 christos {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5268 1.1 christos {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5269 1.1 christos {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5270 1.1 christos {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5271 1.1 christos {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5272 1.1 christos
5273 1.1 christos {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5274 1.1 christos {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5275 1.1 christos {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5276 1.1 christos {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5277 1.1 christos {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5278 1.1 christos {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5279 1.1 christos {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5280 1.1 christos {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5281 1.1 christos {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5282 1.1 christos {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5283 1.1 christos
5284 1.1 christos /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5285 1.1 christos {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5286 1.1 christos {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5287 1.1 christos {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5288 1.1 christos
5289 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5290 1.1 christos /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5291 1.1 christos {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5292 1.1 christos {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5293 1.1 christos {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5294 1.1 christos #endif
5295 1.1 christos
5296 1.1 christos /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5297 1.1 christos {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5298 1.1 christos {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5299 1.1 christos
5300 1.1 christos {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5301 1.1 christos
5302 1.1 christos {NULL, 0, 0},
5303 1.1 christos };
5304 1.1 christos
5305 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5307 1.1 christos
5308 1.1 christos /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5309 1.1 christos unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5310 1.1 christos
5311 1.1 christos static inline void
5312 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5313 1.1 christos {
5314 1.1 christos bfd_vma vma;
5315 1.1 christos
5316 1.1 christos if (!sec)
5317 1.1 christos return;
5318 1.1 christos vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
5319 1.1 christos if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5320 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = vma;
5321 1.1 christos }
5322 1.1 christos
5323 1.1 christos static void
5324 1.1 christos select_gp_value (void)
5325 1.1 christos {
5326 1.1 christos gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5327 1.1 christos
5328 1.1 christos /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5329 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = 0;
5330 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value--;
5331 1.1 christos
5332 1.1 christos /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5333 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5334 1.1 christos
5335 1.1 christos /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5336 1.1 christos #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5337 1.1 christos
5338 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5339 1.1 christos
5340 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5341 1.1 christos
5342 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5343 1.1 christos printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5344 1.1 christos #endif
5345 1.1 christos }
5346 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5347 1.1 christos
5348 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5349 1.1 christos /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5350 1.1 christos
5351 1.1 christos bfd_vma
5352 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, char **ptr_msg)
5353 1.1 christos {
5354 1.1 christos if (letter == 's')
5355 1.1 christos return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5356 1.1 christos
5357 1.1 christos *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5358 1.1 christos return -1;
5359 1.1 christos }
5360 1.1 christos
5361 1.1 christos /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5362 1.1 christos
5363 1.1 christos flagword
5364 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5365 1.1 christos {
5366 1.1 christos if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5367 1.1 christos flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5368 1.1 christos return flags;
5369 1.1 christos }
5370 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5371 1.1 christos
5372 1.1 christos /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5373 1.1 christos of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5374 1.1 christos
5375 1.1 christos void
5376 1.1 christos alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5377 1.1 christos {
5378 1.1 christos static char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5379 1.1 christos static char const nopunop[8] =
5380 1.1 christos {
5381 1.1 christos 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5382 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5383 1.1 christos };
5384 1.1 christos
5385 1.1 christos int bytes, fix;
5386 1.1 christos char *p;
5387 1.1 christos
5388 1.1 christos if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5389 1.1 christos return;
5390 1.1 christos
5391 1.1 christos bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5392 1.1 christos p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5393 1.1 christos fix = 0;
5394 1.1 christos
5395 1.1 christos if (bytes & 3)
5396 1.1 christos {
5397 1.1 christos fix = bytes & 3;
5398 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, fix);
5399 1.1 christos p += fix;
5400 1.1 christos bytes -= fix;
5401 1.1 christos }
5402 1.1 christos
5403 1.1 christos if (bytes & 4)
5404 1.1 christos {
5405 1.1 christos memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5406 1.1 christos p += 4;
5407 1.1 christos bytes -= 4;
5408 1.1 christos fix += 4;
5409 1.1 christos }
5410 1.1 christos
5411 1.1 christos memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5412 1.1 christos
5413 1.1 christos fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5414 1.1 christos fragp->fr_var = 8;
5415 1.1 christos }
5416 1.1 christos
5417 1.1 christos /* Public interface functions. */
5419 1.1 christos
5420 1.1 christos /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5421 1.1 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5422 1.1 christos need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5423 1.1 christos
5424 1.1 christos void
5425 1.1 christos md_begin (void)
5426 1.1 christos {
5427 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
5428 1.1 christos
5429 1.1 christos /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5430 1.1 christos {
5431 1.1 christos expressionS e;
5432 1.1 christos
5433 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_max;
5434 1.1 christos gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5435 1.1 christos }
5436 1.1 christos
5437 1.1 christos /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5438 1.1 christos alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
5439 1.1 christos
5440 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5441 1.1 christos {
5442 1.1 christos const char *name, *retval, *slash;
5443 1.1 christos
5444 1.1 christos name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5445 1.1 christos retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5446 1.1 christos if (retval)
5447 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
5448 1.1 christos name, retval);
5449 1.1 christos
5450 1.1 christos /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5451 1.1 christos syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5452 1.1 christos use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5453 1.1 christos without the "/". */
5454 1.1 christos
5455 1.1 christos if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5456 1.1 christos {
5457 1.1 christos char *p = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name));
5458 1.1 christos
5459 1.1 christos memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5460 1.1 christos strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5461 1.1 christos
5462 1.1 christos (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5463 1.1 christos /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5464 1.1 christos variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5465 1.1 christos }
5466 1.1 christos
5467 1.1 christos while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5468 1.1 christos && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5469 1.1 christos || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5470 1.1 christos continue;
5471 1.1 christos }
5472 1.1 christos
5473 1.1 christos /* Create the macro hash table. */
5474 1.1 christos alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
5475 1.1 christos
5476 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5477 1.1 christos {
5478 1.1 christos const char *name, *retval;
5479 1.1 christos
5480 1.1 christos name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5481 1.1 christos retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
5482 1.1 christos if (retval)
5483 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
5484 1.1 christos name, retval);
5485 1.1 christos
5486 1.1 christos while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5487 1.1 christos && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5488 1.1 christos || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5489 1.1 christos continue;
5490 1.1 christos }
5491 1.1 christos
5492 1.1 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5493 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5494 1.1 christos {
5495 1.1 christos char name[4];
5496 1.1 christos
5497 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5498 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5499 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5500 1.1 christos }
5501 1.1 christos
5502 1.1 christos for (; i < 64; ++i)
5503 1.1 christos {
5504 1.1 christos char name[5];
5505 1.1 christos
5506 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5507 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5508 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5509 1.1 christos }
5510 1.1 christos
5511 1.1 christos /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5512 1.1 christos
5513 1.1 christos /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5514 1.1 christos bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5515 1.1 christos
5516 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5517 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5518 1.1 christos
5519 1.1 christos /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5520 1.1 christos symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5521 1.1 christos alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
5522 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5523 1.1 christos #endif
5524 1.1 christos
5525 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5526 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5527 1.1 christos #endif
5528 1.1 christos
5529 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5530 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5531 1.1 christos {
5532 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5533 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5534 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
5535 1.1 christos }
5536 1.1 christos #endif
5537 1.1 christos
5538 1.1 christos /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5539 1.1 christos alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
5540 1.1 christos
5541 1.1 christos subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5542 1.1 christos }
5543 1.1 christos
5544 1.1 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5545 1.1 christos
5546 1.1 christos void
5547 1.1 christos md_assemble (char *str)
5548 1.1 christos {
5549 1.1 christos /* Current maximum is 13. */
5550 1.1 christos char opname[32];
5551 1.1 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5552 1.1 christos int ntok, trunclen;
5553 1.1 christos size_t opnamelen;
5554 1.1 christos
5555 1.1 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
5556 1.1 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5557 1.1 christos trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5558 1.1 christos ? opnamelen
5559 1.1 christos : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5560 1.1 christos memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5561 1.1 christos opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5562 1.1 christos
5563 1.1 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5564 1.1 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5565 1.1 christos {
5566 1.1 christos if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5567 1.1 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5568 1.1 christos
5569 1.1 christos return;
5570 1.1 christos }
5571 1.1 christos
5572 1.1 christos /* Finish it off. */
5573 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5574 1.1 christos }
5575 1.1 christos
5576 1.1 christos /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5577 1.1 christos
5578 1.1 christos valueT
5579 1.1 christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5580 1.1 christos {
5581 1.1 christos int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
5582 1.1 christos valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5583 1.1 christos
5584 1.1 christos return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5585 1.1 christos }
5586 1.1 christos
5587 1.1 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5588 1.1 christos of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5589 1.1 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5590 1.1 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
5591 1.1 christos
5592 1.1 christos char *
5593 1.1 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5594 1.1 christos {
5595 1.1 christos extern char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5596 1.1 christos
5597 1.1 christos switch (type)
5598 1.1 christos {
5599 1.1 christos /* VAX floats. */
5600 1.1 christos case 'G':
5601 1.1 christos /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5602 1.1 christos type = 'g';
5603 1.1 christos case 'F':
5604 1.1 christos case 'D':
5605 1.1 christos return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5606 1.1 christos
5607 1.1 christos default:
5608 1.1 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
5609 1.1 christos }
5610 1.1 christos }
5611 1.1 christos
5612 1.1 christos /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5613 1.1 christos
5614 1.1 christos int
5615 1.1 christos md_parse_option (int c, char *arg)
5616 1.1 christos {
5617 1.1 christos switch (c)
5618 1.1 christos {
5619 1.1 christos case 'F':
5620 1.1 christos alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5621 1.1 christos break;
5622 1.1 christos
5623 1.1 christos case OPTION_32ADDR:
5624 1.1 christos alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5625 1.1 christos break;
5626 1.1 christos
5627 1.1 christos case 'g':
5628 1.1 christos alpha_debug = 1;
5629 1.1 christos break;
5630 1.1 christos
5631 1.1 christos case 'G':
5632 1.1 christos g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5633 1.1 christos break;
5634 1.1 christos
5635 1.1 christos case 'm':
5636 1.1 christos {
5637 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5638 1.1 christos
5639 1.1 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5640 1.1 christos if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5641 1.1 christos {
5642 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5643 1.1 christos goto found;
5644 1.1 christos }
5645 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5646 1.1 christos found:;
5647 1.1 christos }
5648 1.1 christos break;
5649 1.1 christos
5650 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5651 1.1 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5652 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5653 1.1 christos break;
5654 1.1 christos
5655 1.1 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5656 1.1 christos alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5657 1.1 christos break;
5658 1.1 christos
5659 1.1 christos case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5660 1.1 christos break;
5661 1.1 christos
5662 1.1 christos case OPTION_REPLACE:
5663 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5664 1.1 christos break;
5665 1.1 christos
5666 1.1 christos case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5667 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5668 1.1 christos break;
5669 1.1 christos #endif
5670 1.1 christos
5671 1.1 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
5672 1.1 christos alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5673 1.1 christos break;
5674 1.1 christos
5675 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5676 1.1 christos case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5677 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5678 1.1 christos break;
5679 1.1 christos case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5680 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5681 1.1 christos break;
5682 1.1 christos #endif
5683 1.1 christos
5684 1.1 christos default:
5685 1.1 christos return 0;
5686 1.1 christos }
5687 1.1 christos
5688 1.1 christos return 1;
5689 1.1 christos }
5690 1.1 christos
5691 1.1 christos /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5692 1.1 christos
5693 1.1 christos void
5694 1.1 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5695 1.1 christos {
5696 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5697 1.1 christos Alpha options:\n\
5698 1.1 christos -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5699 1.1 christos -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5700 1.1 christos -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5701 1.1 christos specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5702 1.1 christos -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5703 1.1 christos these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5704 1.1 christos stream);
5705 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5706 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5707 1.1 christos VMS options:\n\
5708 1.1 christos -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5709 1.1 christos -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5710 1.1 christos -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5711 1.1 christos stream);
5712 1.1 christos #endif
5713 1.1 christos }
5714 1.1 christos
5715 1.1 christos /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5716 1.1 christos relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5717 1.1 christos
5718 1.1 christos long
5719 1.1 christos md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5720 1.1 christos {
5721 1.1 christos valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5722 1.1 christos
5723 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5724 1.1 christos {
5725 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5726 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5727 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5728 1.1 christos return addr + 4;
5729 1.1 christos default:
5730 1.1 christos return addr;
5731 1.1 christos }
5732 1.1 christos }
5733 1.1 christos
5734 1.1 christos /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5735 1.1 christos ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5736 1.1 christos To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5737 1.1 christos
5738 1.1 christos For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5739 1.1 christos internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5740 1.1 christos this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5741 1.1 christos the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5742 1.1 christos GPDISP. */
5743 1.1 christos
5744 1.1 christos void
5745 1.1 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5746 1.1 christos {
5747 1.1 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5748 1.1 christos valueT value = * valP;
5749 1.1 christos unsigned image, size;
5750 1.1 christos
5751 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5752 1.1 christos {
5753 1.1 christos /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5754 1.1 christos referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5755 1.1 christos in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5756 1.1 christos the function, gives the desired GP. */
5757 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5758 1.1 christos {
5759 1.1 christos fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5760 1.1 christos
5761 1.1 christos /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5762 1.1 christos the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5763 1.1 christos error message. */
5764 1.1 christos if (next)
5765 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5766 1.1 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5767 1.1 christos
5768 1.1 christos value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5769 1.1 christos }
5770 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5771 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5772 1.1 christos #endif
5773 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_gp;
5774 1.1 christos
5775 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5776 1.1 christos value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5777 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5778 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5779 1.1 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5780 1.1 christos #endif
5781 1.1 christos
5782 1.1 christos do_reloc_gp:
5783 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5784 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5785 1.1 christos break;
5786 1.1 christos
5787 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
5788 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5789 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5790 1.1 christos size = 2;
5791 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5792 1.1 christos
5793 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
5794 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5795 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5796 1.1 christos size = 4;
5797 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5798 1.1 christos
5799 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
5800 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5801 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5802 1.1 christos size = 8;
5803 1.1 christos
5804 1.1 christos do_reloc_xx:
5805 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5806 1.1 christos {
5807 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5808 1.1 christos goto done;
5809 1.1 christos }
5810 1.1 christos return;
5811 1.1 christos
5812 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5813 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5814 1.1 christos gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5815 1.1 christos fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5816 1.1 christos /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5817 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5818 1.1 christos break;
5819 1.1 christos #else
5820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5821 1.1 christos #endif
5822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5823 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5824 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5825 1.1 christos return;
5826 1.1 christos
5827 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5828 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5829 1.1 christos {
5830 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5831 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5832 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5833 1.1 christos }
5834 1.1 christos return;
5835 1.1 christos
5836 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5837 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5838 1.1 christos {
5839 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5840 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5841 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5842 1.1 christos }
5843 1.1 christos return;
5844 1.1 christos
5845 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5846 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5847 1.1 christos return;
5848 1.1 christos
5849 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5850 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5851 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5852 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5853 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5854 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5855 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5856 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5857 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5858 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5859 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5860 1.1 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5861 1.1 christos return;
5862 1.1 christos #endif
5863 1.1 christos
5864 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5865 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5866 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5867 1.1 christos return;
5868 1.1 christos #endif
5869 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5870 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5871 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5872 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5873 1.1 christos return;
5874 1.1 christos
5875 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5876 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5877 1.1 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5878 1.1 christos
5879 1.1 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5880 1.1 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5881 1.1 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5882 1.1 christos and the same test is done again." */
5883 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5884 1.1 christos {
5885 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5886 1.1 christos return;
5887 1.1 christos }
5888 1.1 christos
5889 1.1 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5890 1.1 christos goto done;
5891 1.1 christos else
5892 1.1 christos {
5893 1.1 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5894 1.1 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5895 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5896 1.1 christos }
5897 1.1 christos
5898 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5899 1.1 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5900 1.1 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5901 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5902 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5903 1.1 christos {
5904 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5905 1.1 christos return;
5906 1.1 christos }
5907 1.1 christos
5908 1.1 christos if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
5909 1.1 christos goto done;
5910 1.1 christos else
5911 1.1 christos {
5912 1.1 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5913 1.1 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5914 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5915 1.1 christos }
5916 1.1 christos
5917 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5918 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5919 1.1 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5920 1.1 christos
5921 1.1 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5922 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5923 1.1 christos {
5924 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5925 1.1 christos return;
5926 1.1 christos }
5927 1.1 christos
5928 1.1 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5929 1.1 christos {
5930 1.1 christos /* Out of range. */
5931 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5932 1.1 christos {
5933 1.1 christos /* Add a hint. */
5934 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5935 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5936 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5937 1.1 christos }
5938 1.1 christos goto done;
5939 1.1 christos }
5940 1.1 christos else
5941 1.1 christos {
5942 1.1 christos /* Change to a branch. */
5943 1.1 christos image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5944 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5945 1.1 christos }
5946 1.1 christos #endif
5947 1.1 christos
5948 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5949 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5950 1.1 christos return;
5951 1.1 christos
5952 1.1 christos default:
5953 1.1 christos {
5954 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5955 1.1 christos
5956 1.1 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5957 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5958 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5959 1.1 christos
5960 1.1 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5961 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5962 1.1 christos
5963 1.1 christos /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5964 1.1 christos resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5965 1.1 christos Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5966 1.1 christos
5967 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5968 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5969 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5970 1.1 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5971 1.1 christos
5972 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5973 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5974 1.1 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5975 1.1 christos }
5976 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5977 1.1 christos }
5978 1.1 christos
5979 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5980 1.1 christos return;
5981 1.1 christos else
5982 1.1 christos {
5983 1.1 christos as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5984 1.1 christos _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5985 1.1 christos goto done;
5986 1.1 christos }
5987 1.1 christos
5988 1.1 christos write_done:
5989 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5990 1.1 christos
5991 1.1 christos done:
5992 1.1 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5993 1.1 christos }
5994 1.1 christos
5995 1.1 christos /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5996 1.1 christos
5997 1.1 christos symbolS *
5998 1.1 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5999 1.1 christos {
6000 1.1 christos if (*name == '$')
6001 1.1 christos {
6002 1.1 christos int is_float = 0, num;
6003 1.1 christos
6004 1.1 christos switch (*++name)
6005 1.1 christos {
6006 1.1 christos case 'f':
6007 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6008 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6009 1.1 christos is_float = 32;
6010 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6011 1.1 christos
6012 1.1 christos case 'r':
6013 1.1 christos if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6014 1.1 christos break;
6015 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6016 1.1 christos
6017 1.1 christos case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6018 1.1 christos case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6019 1.1 christos if (name[1] == '\0')
6020 1.1 christos num = name[0] - '0';
6021 1.1 christos else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6022 1.1 christos {
6023 1.1 christos num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6024 1.1 christos if (num >= 32)
6025 1.1 christos break;
6026 1.1 christos }
6027 1.1 christos else
6028 1.1 christos break;
6029 1.1 christos
6030 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6031 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6032 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6033 1.1 christos
6034 1.1 christos case 'a':
6035 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6036 1.1 christos {
6037 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on)
6038 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6039 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6040 1.1 christos }
6041 1.1 christos break;
6042 1.1 christos
6043 1.1 christos case 'g':
6044 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6045 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6046 1.1 christos break;
6047 1.1 christos
6048 1.1 christos case 's':
6049 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6050 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6051 1.1 christos break;
6052 1.1 christos }
6053 1.1 christos }
6054 1.1 christos return NULL;
6055 1.1 christos }
6056 1.1 christos
6057 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6058 1.1 christos /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6059 1.1 christos
6060 1.1 christos void
6061 1.1 christos alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6062 1.1 christos {
6063 1.1 christos select_gp_value ();
6064 1.1 christos /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6065 1.1 christos alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6066 1.1 christos alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6067 1.1 christos }
6068 1.1 christos #endif
6069 1.1 christos
6070 1.1 christos /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6071 1.1 christos code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6072 1.1 christos required. */
6073 1.1 christos
6074 1.1 christos void
6075 1.1 christos alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6076 1.1 christos {
6077 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = sym;
6078 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6079 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6080 1.1 christos #endif
6081 1.1 christos }
6082 1.1 christos
6083 1.1 christos /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6084 1.1 christos there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6085 1.1 christos
6086 1.1 christos int
6087 1.1 christos alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6088 1.1 christos {
6089 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_relax)
6090 1.1 christos return 1;
6091 1.1 christos
6092 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6093 1.1 christos {
6094 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6095 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6096 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6097 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6098 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6099 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6100 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6101 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6102 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6103 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6104 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6105 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6106 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6107 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6108 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6109 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6110 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6111 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6112 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6113 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6114 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6115 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6116 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6117 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6118 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6119 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6120 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6121 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6122 1.1 christos #endif
6123 1.1 christos return 1;
6124 1.1 christos
6125 1.1 christos default:
6126 1.1 christos break;
6127 1.1 christos }
6128 1.1 christos
6129 1.1 christos return generic_force_reloc (f);
6130 1.1 christos }
6131 1.1 christos
6132 1.1 christos /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6133 1.1 christos
6134 1.1 christos int
6135 1.1 christos alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6136 1.1 christos {
6137 1.1 christos /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6138 1.1 christos reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6139 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6140 1.1 christos {
6141 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6142 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6143 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6144 1.1 christos return 0;
6145 1.1 christos
6146 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6147 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6148 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6149 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6150 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6151 1.1 christos return 1;
6152 1.1 christos
6153 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6154 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6155 1.1 christos return 0;
6156 1.1 christos
6157 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6158 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6159 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6160 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6161 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6162 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
6163 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
6164 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
6165 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6166 1.1 christos return 1;
6167 1.1 christos
6168 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6169 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6170 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6171 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6172 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6173 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6174 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6175 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6176 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6177 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6178 1.1 christos /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6179 1.1 christos we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6180 1.1 christos return 0;
6181 1.1 christos
6182 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6183 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6184 1.1 christos /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6185 1.1 christos let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6186 1.1 christos {
6187 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6188 1.1 christos const char *name;
6189 1.1 christos int offset = 0;
6190 1.1 christos
6191 1.1 christos if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6192 1.1 christos return 0;
6193 1.1 christos
6194 1.1 christos switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6195 1.1 christos {
6196 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6197 1.1 christos break;
6198 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6199 1.1 christos offset = 8;
6200 1.1 christos break;
6201 1.1 christos default:
6202 1.1 christos if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6203 1.1 christos name = "<local>";
6204 1.1 christos else
6205 1.1 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6206 1.1 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6207 1.1 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6208 1.1 christos name);
6209 1.1 christos break;
6210 1.1 christos }
6211 1.1 christos f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6212 1.1 christos f->fx_offset += offset;
6213 1.1 christos return 1;
6214 1.1 christos }
6215 1.1 christos #endif
6216 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6217 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6218 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6219 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6220 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6221 1.1 christos return 1;
6222 1.1 christos #endif
6223 1.1 christos
6224 1.1 christos default:
6225 1.1 christos return 1;
6226 1.1 christos }
6227 1.1 christos }
6228 1.1 christos
6229 1.1 christos /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6230 1.1 christos fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6231 1.1 christos
6232 1.1 christos arelent *
6233 1.1 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6234 1.1 christos fixS *fixp)
6235 1.1 christos {
6236 1.1 christos arelent *reloc;
6237 1.1 christos
6238 1.1 christos reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (* reloc));
6239 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
6240 1.1 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6241 1.1 christos reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6242 1.1 christos
6243 1.1 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6244 1.1 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6245 1.1 christos gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6246 1.1 christos
6247 1.1 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6248 1.1 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6249 1.1 christos {
6250 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6251 1.1 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6252 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6253 1.1 christos return NULL;
6254 1.1 christos }
6255 1.1 christos
6256 1.1 christos if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6257 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6258 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6259 1.1 christos
6260 1.1 christos gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6261 1.1 christos
6262 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6263 1.1 christos
6264 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6265 1.1 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6266 1.1 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6267 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6268 1.1 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6269 1.1 christos #endif
6270 1.1 christos
6271 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6272 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6273 1.1 christos {
6274 1.1 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6275 1.1 christos const char *pname;
6276 1.1 christos int pname_len;
6277 1.1 christos
6278 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6279 1.1 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6280 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6281 1.1 christos break;
6282 1.1 christos
6283 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6284 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6285 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6286 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6287 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6288 1.1 christos
6289 1.1 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6290 1.1 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6291 1.1 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6292 1.1 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6293 1.1 christos {
6294 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
6295 1.1 christos char *my_pname = (char *) alloca (pname_len - 4 + 1);
6296 1.1 christos
6297 1.1 christos memcpy (my_pname, pname, pname_len - 4);
6298 1.1 christos my_pname [pname_len - 4] = 0;
6299 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6300 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
6301 1.1 christos abort ();
6302 1.1 christos
6303 1.1 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6304 1.1 christos {
6305 1.1 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6306 1.1 christos
6307 1.1 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6308 1.1 christos written program. */
6309 1.1 christos if (n == sym)
6310 1.1 christos break;
6311 1.1 christos sym = n;
6312 1.1 christos }
6313 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6314 1.1 christos }
6315 1.1 christos
6316 1.1 christos udata = (struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6317 1.1 christos xmalloc (sizeof (struct evax_private_udata_struct));
6318 1.1 christos udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6319 1.1 christos udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6320 1.1 christos udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6321 1.1 christos udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6322 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6323 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6324 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6325 1.1 christos
6326 1.1 christos default:
6327 1.1 christos break;
6328 1.1 christos }
6329 1.1 christos #endif
6330 1.1 christos
6331 1.1 christos return reloc;
6332 1.1 christos }
6333 1.1 christos
6334 1.1 christos /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6335 1.3 christos number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6336 1.3 christos matching for us.
6337 1.1 christos
6338 1.1 christos Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6339 1.1 christos
6340 1.1 christos int
6341 1.1 christos tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6342 1.1 christos {
6343 1.1 christos int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6344 1.1 christos
6345 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6346 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6347 1.1 christos {
6348 1.1 christos char *s;
6349 1.1 christos char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
6350 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6351 1.1 christos
6352 1.1 christos *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6353 1.1 christos if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6354 1.1 christos goto found;
6355 1.1 christos }
6356 1.1 christos as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6357 1.1 christos
6358 1.1 christos found:
6359 1.1 christos note_gpreg (framereg);
6360 1.1 christos return framereg;
6361 1.1 christos }
6362 1.1 christos
6363 1.1 christos /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6364 1.1 christos work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6365 1.1 christos However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6366 1.1 christos called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6367 1.1 christos mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6368 1.1 christos mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6369 1.1 christos
6370 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6371 1.1 christos
6372 1.1 christos void
6373 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6374 {
6375 if (alpha_debug != 0
6376 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6377 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6378 }
6379
6380 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6381
6382 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6383 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6384 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6385 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6386